1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- 2 @comment %**start of header 3 @setfilename bison.info 4 @include version.texi 5 @settitle Bison @value{VERSION} 6 @setchapternewpage odd 7 8 @finalout 9 10 @c SMALL BOOK version 11 @c This edition has been formatted so that you can format and print it in 12 @c the smallbook format. 13 @c @smallbook 14 15 @c Set following if you want to document %default-prec and %no-default-prec. 16 @c This feature is experimental and may change in future Bison versions. 17 @c @set defaultprec 18 19 @ifnotinfo 20 @syncodeindex fn cp 21 @syncodeindex vr cp 22 @syncodeindex tp cp 23 @end ifnotinfo 24 @ifinfo 25 @synindex fn cp 26 @synindex vr cp 27 @synindex tp cp 28 @end ifinfo 29 @comment %**end of header 30 31 @copying 32 33 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Bison (version @value{VERSION}, 34 @value{UPDATED}), the @acronym{GNU} parser generator. 35 36 Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998, 37 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 38 39 @quotation 40 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document 41 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License, 42 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software 43 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts 44 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in 45 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled 46 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.'' 47 48 (a) The @acronym{FSF}'s Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy 49 and modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software. 50 Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for 51 @acronym{GNU} development.'' 52 @end quotation 53 @end copying 54 55 @dircategory Software development 56 @direntry 57 * bison: (bison). @acronym{GNU} parser generator (Yacc replacement). 58 @end direntry 59 60 @titlepage 61 @title Bison 62 @subtitle The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator 63 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}, Bison Version @value{VERSION} 64 65 @author by Charles Donnelly and Richard Stallman 66 67 @page 68 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll 69 @insertcopying 70 @sp 2 71 Published by the Free Software Foundation @* 72 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @* 73 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA @* 74 Printed copies are available from the Free Software Foundation.@* 75 @acronym{ISBN} 1-882114-44-2 76 @sp 2 77 Cover art by Etienne Suvasa. 78 @end titlepage 79 80 @contents 81 82 @ifnottex 83 @node Top 84 @top Bison 85 @insertcopying 86 @end ifnottex 87 88 @menu 89 * Introduction:: 90 * Conditions:: 91 * Copying:: The @acronym{GNU} General Public License says 92 how you can copy and share Bison 93 94 Tutorial sections: 95 * Concepts:: Basic concepts for understanding Bison. 96 * Examples:: Three simple explained examples of using Bison. 97 98 Reference sections: 99 * Grammar File:: Writing Bison declarations and rules. 100 * Interface:: C-language interface to the parser function @code{yyparse}. 101 * Algorithm:: How the Bison parser works at run-time. 102 * Error Recovery:: Writing rules for error recovery. 103 * Context Dependency:: What to do if your language syntax is too 104 messy for Bison to handle straightforwardly. 105 * Debugging:: Understanding or debugging Bison parsers. 106 * Invocation:: How to run Bison (to produce the parser source file). 107 * C++ Language Interface:: Creating C++ parser objects. 108 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions 109 * Table of Symbols:: All the keywords of the Bison language are explained. 110 * Glossary:: Basic concepts are explained. 111 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual. 112 * Index:: Cross-references to the text. 113 114 @detailmenu 115 --- The Detailed Node Listing --- 116 117 The Concepts of Bison 118 119 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars, 120 as mathematical ideas. 121 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake. 122 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have 123 a semantic value (the value of an integer, 124 the name of an identifier, etc.). 125 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code. 126 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages. 127 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations. 128 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output, 129 how is the output used? 130 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars. 131 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file. 132 133 Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers 134 135 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars. 136 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities. 137 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns. 138 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler. 139 140 Examples 141 142 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator; 143 a first example with no operator precedence. 144 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator. 145 Operator precedence is introduced. 146 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors. 147 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$. 148 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions. 149 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values. 150 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator. 151 152 Reverse Polish Notation Calculator 153 154 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc. 155 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation. 156 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer. 157 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function. 158 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function. 159 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file. 160 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code. 161 162 Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc} 163 164 * Rpcalc Input:: 165 * Rpcalc Line:: 166 * Rpcalc Expr:: 167 168 Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc} 169 170 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc. 171 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations. 172 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer. 173 174 Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc} 175 176 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator. 177 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator. 178 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines. 179 180 Bison Grammar Files 181 182 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file. 183 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols. 184 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules. 185 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules. 186 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions. 187 * Locations:: Locations and actions. 188 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here. 189 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program. 190 191 Outline of a Bison Grammar 192 193 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue. 194 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section. 195 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section. 196 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue. 197 198 Defining Language Semantics 199 200 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values. 201 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types. 202 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule. 203 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on. 204 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule. 205 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional 206 action in the middle of a rule. 207 208 Tracking Locations 209 210 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations. 211 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions. 212 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations. 213 214 Bison Declarations 215 216 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version. 217 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols. 218 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity. 219 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types. 220 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol. 221 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts. 222 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed. 223 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts. 224 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol. 225 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser. 226 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations. 227 228 Parser C-Language Interface 229 230 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns. 231 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex} 232 which reads tokens. 233 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}. 234 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions. 235 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's 236 native language. 237 238 The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex} 239 240 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}. 241 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value 242 of the token it has read. 243 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location 244 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the 245 actions want that. 246 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs 247 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}). 248 249 The Bison Parser Algorithm 250 251 * Look-Ahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do. 252 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid. 253 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts. 254 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context. 255 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack. 256 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation. 257 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified. 258 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars. 259 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it. 260 261 Operator Precedence 262 263 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed. 264 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars. 265 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example. 266 * How Precedence:: How they work. 267 268 Handling Context Dependencies 269 270 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context. 271 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context. 272 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how 273 error recovery rules must be written. 274 275 Debugging Your Parser 276 277 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser. 278 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser. 279 280 Invoking Bison 281 282 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail, 283 in alphabetical order by short options. 284 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options. 285 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}. 286 287 C++ Language Interface 288 289 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes 290 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use 291 292 C++ Parsers 293 294 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation 295 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++ 296 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes 297 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser 298 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse 299 300 A Complete C++ Example 301 302 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications 303 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context 304 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class 305 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner 306 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band 307 308 Frequently Asked Questions 309 310 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits 311 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State 312 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings 313 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator 314 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars 315 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe? 316 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting 317 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting 318 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting 319 * Other Languages:: Parsers in Java and others 320 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions 321 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users 322 323 Copying This Manual 324 325 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual. 326 327 @end detailmenu 328 @end menu 329 330 @node Introduction 331 @unnumbered Introduction 332 @cindex introduction 333 334 @dfn{Bison} is a general-purpose parser generator that converts an 335 annotated context-free grammar into an @acronym{LALR}(1) or 336 @acronym{GLR} parser for that grammar. Once you are proficient with 337 Bison, you can use it to develop a wide range of language parsers, from those 338 used in simple desk calculators to complex programming languages. 339 340 Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars 341 ought to work with Bison with no change. Anyone familiar with Yacc 342 should be able to use Bison with little trouble. You need to be fluent in 343 C or C++ programming in order to use Bison or to understand this manual. 344 345 We begin with tutorial chapters that explain the basic concepts of using 346 Bison and show three explained examples, each building on the last. If you 347 don't know Bison or Yacc, start by reading these chapters. Reference 348 chapters follow which describe specific aspects of Bison in detail. 349 350 Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett; Richard Stallman made it 351 Yacc-compatible. Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added 352 multi-character string literals and other features. 353 354 This edition corresponds to version @value{VERSION} of Bison. 355 356 @node Conditions 357 @unnumbered Conditions for Using Bison 358 359 The distribution terms for Bison-generated parsers permit using the 360 parsers in nonfree programs. Before Bison version 2.2, these extra 361 permissions applied only when Bison was generating @acronym{LALR}(1) 362 parsers in C@. And before Bison version 1.24, Bison-generated 363 parsers could be used only in programs that were free software. 364 365 The other @acronym{GNU} programming tools, such as the @acronym{GNU} C 366 compiler, have never 367 had such a requirement. They could always be used for nonfree 368 software. The reason Bison was different was not due to a special 369 policy decision; it resulted from applying the usual General Public 370 License to all of the Bison source code. 371 372 The output of the Bison utility---the Bison parser file---contains a 373 verbatim copy of a sizable piece of Bison, which is the code for the 374 parser's implementation. (The actions from your grammar are inserted 375 into this implementation at one point, but most of the rest of the 376 implementation is not changed.) When we applied the @acronym{GPL} 377 terms to the skeleton code for the parser's implementation, 378 the effect was to restrict the use of Bison output to free software. 379 380 We didn't change the terms because of sympathy for people who want to 381 make software proprietary. @strong{Software should be free.} But we 382 concluded that limiting Bison's use to free software was doing little to 383 encourage people to make other software free. So we decided to make the 384 practical conditions for using Bison match the practical conditions for 385 using the other @acronym{GNU} tools. 386 387 This exception applies when Bison is generating code for a parser. 388 You can tell whether the exception applies to a Bison output file by 389 inspecting the file for text beginning with ``As a special 390 exception@dots{}''. The text spells out the exact terms of the 391 exception. 392 393 @include gpl.texi 394 395 @node Concepts 396 @chapter The Concepts of Bison 397 398 This chapter introduces many of the basic concepts without which the 399 details of Bison will not make sense. If you do not already know how to 400 use Bison or Yacc, we suggest you start by reading this chapter carefully. 401 402 @menu 403 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars, 404 as mathematical ideas. 405 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake. 406 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have 407 a semantic value (the value of an integer, 408 the name of an identifier, etc.). 409 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code. 410 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages. 411 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations. 412 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output, 413 how is the output used? 414 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars. 415 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file. 416 @end menu 417 418 @node Language and Grammar 419 @section Languages and Context-Free Grammars 420 421 @cindex context-free grammar 422 @cindex grammar, context-free 423 In order for Bison to parse a language, it must be described by a 424 @dfn{context-free grammar}. This means that you specify one or more 425 @dfn{syntactic groupings} and give rules for constructing them from their 426 parts. For example, in the C language, one kind of grouping is called an 427 `expression'. One rule for making an expression might be, ``An expression 428 can be made of a minus sign and another expression''. Another would be, 429 ``An expression can be an integer''. As you can see, rules are often 430 recursive, but there must be at least one rule which leads out of the 431 recursion. 432 433 @cindex @acronym{BNF} 434 @cindex Backus-Naur form 435 The most common formal system for presenting such rules for humans to read 436 is @dfn{Backus-Naur Form} or ``@acronym{BNF}'', which was developed in 437 order to specify the language Algol 60. Any grammar expressed in 438 @acronym{BNF} is a context-free grammar. The input to Bison is 439 essentially machine-readable @acronym{BNF}. 440 441 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars 442 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) grammars 443 There are various important subclasses of context-free grammar. Although it 444 can handle almost all context-free grammars, Bison is optimized for what 445 are called @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars. 446 In brief, in these grammars, it must be possible to 447 tell how to parse any portion of an input string with just a single 448 token of look-ahead. Strictly speaking, that is a description of an 449 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar, and @acronym{LALR}(1) involves additional 450 restrictions that are 451 hard to explain simply; but it is rare in actual practice to find an 452 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar that fails to be @acronym{LALR}(1). 453 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}, for 454 more information on this. 455 456 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing 457 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing 458 @cindex ambiguous grammars 459 @cindex nondeterministic parsing 460 461 Parsers for @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars are @dfn{deterministic}, meaning 462 roughly that the next grammar rule to apply at any point in the input is 463 uniquely determined by the preceding input and a fixed, finite portion 464 (called a @dfn{look-ahead}) of the remaining input. A context-free 465 grammar can be @dfn{ambiguous}, meaning that there are multiple ways to 466 apply the grammar rules to get the same inputs. Even unambiguous 467 grammars can be @dfn{nondeterministic}, meaning that no fixed 468 look-ahead always suffices to determine the next grammar rule to apply. 469 With the proper declarations, Bison is also able to parse these more 470 general context-free grammars, using a technique known as @acronym{GLR} 471 parsing (for Generalized @acronym{LR}). Bison's @acronym{GLR} parsers 472 are able to handle any context-free grammar for which the number of 473 possible parses of any given string is finite. 474 475 @cindex symbols (abstract) 476 @cindex token 477 @cindex syntactic grouping 478 @cindex grouping, syntactic 479 In the formal grammatical rules for a language, each kind of syntactic 480 unit or grouping is named by a @dfn{symbol}. Those which are built by 481 grouping smaller constructs according to grammatical rules are called 482 @dfn{nonterminal symbols}; those which can't be subdivided are called 483 @dfn{terminal symbols} or @dfn{token types}. We call a piece of input 484 corresponding to a single terminal symbol a @dfn{token}, and a piece 485 corresponding to a single nonterminal symbol a @dfn{grouping}. 486 487 We can use the C language as an example of what symbols, terminal and 488 nonterminal, mean. The tokens of C are identifiers, constants (numeric 489 and string), and the various keywords, arithmetic operators and 490 punctuation marks. So the terminal symbols of a grammar for C include 491 `identifier', `number', `string', plus one symbol for each keyword, 492 operator or punctuation mark: `if', `return', `const', `static', `int', 493 `char', `plus-sign', `open-brace', `close-brace', `comma' and many more. 494 (These tokens can be subdivided into characters, but that is a matter of 495 lexicography, not grammar.) 496 497 Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens: 498 499 @ifinfo 500 @example 501 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */ 502 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int',} 503 @r{identifier, close-paren} */ 504 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */ 505 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk,} 506 @r{identifier, semicolon} */ 507 @} /* @r{close-brace} */ 508 @end example 509 @end ifinfo 510 @ifnotinfo 511 @example 512 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */ 513 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int', identifier, close-paren} */ 514 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */ 515 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */ 516 @} /* @r{close-brace} */ 517 @end example 518 @end ifnotinfo 519 520 The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the 521 declaration, and the function definition. These are represented in the 522 grammar of C by nonterminal symbols `expression', `statement', 523 `declaration' and `function definition'. The full grammar uses dozens of 524 additional language constructs, each with its own nonterminal symbol, in 525 order to express the meanings of these four. The example above is a 526 function definition; it contains one declaration, and one statement. In 527 the statement, each @samp{x} is an expression and so is @samp{x * x}. 528 529 Each nonterminal symbol must have grammatical rules showing how it is made 530 out of simpler constructs. For example, one kind of C statement is the 531 @code{return} statement; this would be described with a grammar rule which 532 reads informally as follows: 533 534 @quotation 535 A `statement' can be made of a `return' keyword, an `expression' and a 536 `semicolon'. 537 @end quotation 538 539 @noindent 540 There would be many other rules for `statement', one for each kind of 541 statement in C. 542 543 @cindex start symbol 544 One nonterminal symbol must be distinguished as the special one which 545 defines a complete utterance in the language. It is called the @dfn{start 546 symbol}. In a compiler, this means a complete input program. In the C 547 language, the nonterminal symbol `sequence of definitions and declarations' 548 plays this role. 549 550 For example, @samp{1 + 2} is a valid C expression---a valid part of a C 551 program---but it is not valid as an @emph{entire} C program. In the 552 context-free grammar of C, this follows from the fact that `expression' is 553 not the start symbol. 554 555 The Bison parser reads a sequence of tokens as its input, and groups the 556 tokens using the grammar rules. If the input is valid, the end result is 557 that the entire token sequence reduces to a single grouping whose symbol is 558 the grammar's start symbol. If we use a grammar for C, the entire input 559 must be a `sequence of definitions and declarations'. If not, the parser 560 reports a syntax error. 561 562 @node Grammar in Bison 563 @section From Formal Rules to Bison Input 564 @cindex Bison grammar 565 @cindex grammar, Bison 566 @cindex formal grammar 567 568 A formal grammar is a mathematical construct. To define the language 569 for Bison, you must write a file expressing the grammar in Bison syntax: 570 a @dfn{Bison grammar} file. @xref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}. 571 572 A nonterminal symbol in the formal grammar is represented in Bison input 573 as an identifier, like an identifier in C@. By convention, it should be 574 in lower case, such as @code{expr}, @code{stmt} or @code{declaration}. 575 576 The Bison representation for a terminal symbol is also called a @dfn{token 577 type}. Token types as well can be represented as C-like identifiers. By 578 convention, these identifiers should be upper case to distinguish them from 579 nonterminals: for example, @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER}, @code{IF} or 580 @code{RETURN}. A terminal symbol that stands for a particular keyword in 581 the language should be named after that keyword converted to upper case. 582 The terminal symbol @code{error} is reserved for error recovery. 583 @xref{Symbols}. 584 585 A terminal symbol can also be represented as a character literal, just like 586 a C character constant. You should do this whenever a token is just a 587 single character (parenthesis, plus-sign, etc.): use that same character in 588 a literal as the terminal symbol for that token. 589 590 A third way to represent a terminal symbol is with a C string constant 591 containing several characters. @xref{Symbols}, for more information. 592 593 The grammar rules also have an expression in Bison syntax. For example, 594 here is the Bison rule for a C @code{return} statement. The semicolon in 595 quotes is a literal character token, representing part of the C syntax for 596 the statement; the naked semicolon, and the colon, are Bison punctuation 597 used in every rule. 598 599 @example 600 stmt: RETURN expr ';' 601 ; 602 @end example 603 604 @noindent 605 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}. 606 607 @node Semantic Values 608 @section Semantic Values 609 @cindex semantic value 610 @cindex value, semantic 611 612 A formal grammar selects tokens only by their classifications: for example, 613 if a rule mentions the terminal symbol `integer constant', it means that 614 @emph{any} integer constant is grammatically valid in that position. The 615 precise value of the constant is irrelevant to how to parse the input: if 616 @samp{x+4} is grammatical then @samp{x+1} or @samp{x+3989} is equally 617 grammatical. 618 619 But the precise value is very important for what the input means once it is 620 parsed. A compiler is useless if it fails to distinguish between 4, 1 and 621 3989 as constants in the program! Therefore, each token in a Bison grammar 622 has both a token type and a @dfn{semantic value}. @xref{Semantics, 623 ,Defining Language Semantics}, 624 for details. 625 626 The token type is a terminal symbol defined in the grammar, such as 627 @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER} or @code{','}. It tells everything 628 you need to know to decide where the token may validly appear and how to 629 group it with other tokens. The grammar rules know nothing about tokens 630 except their types. 631 632 The semantic value has all the rest of the information about the 633 meaning of the token, such as the value of an integer, or the name of an 634 identifier. (A token such as @code{','} which is just punctuation doesn't 635 need to have any semantic value.) 636 637 For example, an input token might be classified as token type 638 @code{INTEGER} and have the semantic value 4. Another input token might 639 have the same token type @code{INTEGER} but value 3989. When a grammar 640 rule says that @code{INTEGER} is allowed, either of these tokens is 641 acceptable because each is an @code{INTEGER}. When the parser accepts the 642 token, it keeps track of the token's semantic value. 643 644 Each grouping can also have a semantic value as well as its nonterminal 645 symbol. For example, in a calculator, an expression typically has a 646 semantic value that is a number. In a compiler for a programming 647 language, an expression typically has a semantic value that is a tree 648 structure describing the meaning of the expression. 649 650 @node Semantic Actions 651 @section Semantic Actions 652 @cindex semantic actions 653 @cindex actions, semantic 654 655 In order to be useful, a program must do more than parse input; it must 656 also produce some output based on the input. In a Bison grammar, a grammar 657 rule can have an @dfn{action} made up of C statements. Each time the 658 parser recognizes a match for that rule, the action is executed. 659 @xref{Actions}. 660 661 Most of the time, the purpose of an action is to compute the semantic value 662 of the whole construct from the semantic values of its parts. For example, 663 suppose we have a rule which says an expression can be the sum of two 664 expressions. When the parser recognizes such a sum, each of the 665 subexpressions has a semantic value which describes how it was built up. 666 The action for this rule should create a similar sort of value for the 667 newly recognized larger expression. 668 669 For example, here is a rule that says an expression can be the sum of 670 two subexpressions: 671 672 @example 673 expr: expr '+' expr @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @} 674 ; 675 @end example 676 677 @noindent 678 The action says how to produce the semantic value of the sum expression 679 from the values of the two subexpressions. 680 681 @node GLR Parsers 682 @section Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers 683 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing 684 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing 685 @findex %glr-parser 686 @cindex conflicts 687 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts 688 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts 689 690 In some grammars, Bison's standard 691 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing algorithm cannot decide whether to apply a 692 certain grammar rule at a given point. That is, it may not be able to 693 decide (on the basis of the input read so far) which of two possible 694 reductions (applications of a grammar rule) applies, or whether to apply 695 a reduction or read more of the input and apply a reduction later in the 696 input. These are known respectively as @dfn{reduce/reduce} conflicts 697 (@pxref{Reduce/Reduce}), and @dfn{shift/reduce} conflicts 698 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce}). 699 700 To use a grammar that is not easily modified to be @acronym{LALR}(1), a 701 more general parsing algorithm is sometimes necessary. If you include 702 @code{%glr-parser} among the Bison declarations in your file 703 (@pxref{Grammar Outline}), the result is a Generalized @acronym{LR} 704 (@acronym{GLR}) parser. These parsers handle Bison grammars that 705 contain no unresolved conflicts (i.e., after applying precedence 706 declarations) identically to @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. However, when 707 faced with unresolved shift/reduce and reduce/reduce conflicts, 708 @acronym{GLR} parsers use the simple expedient of doing both, 709 effectively cloning the parser to follow both possibilities. Each of 710 the resulting parsers can again split, so that at any given time, there 711 can be any number of possible parses being explored. The parsers 712 proceed in lockstep; that is, all of them consume (shift) a given input 713 symbol before any of them proceed to the next. Each of the cloned 714 parsers eventually meets one of two possible fates: either it runs into 715 a parsing error, in which case it simply vanishes, or it merges with 716 another parser, because the two of them have reduced the input to an 717 identical set of symbols. 718 719 During the time that there are multiple parsers, semantic actions are 720 recorded, but not performed. When a parser disappears, its recorded 721 semantic actions disappear as well, and are never performed. When a 722 reduction makes two parsers identical, causing them to merge, Bison 723 records both sets of semantic actions. Whenever the last two parsers 724 merge, reverting to the single-parser case, Bison resolves all the 725 outstanding actions either by precedences given to the grammar rules 726 involved, or by performing both actions, and then calling a designated 727 user-defined function on the resulting values to produce an arbitrary 728 merged result. 729 730 @menu 731 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars. 732 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities. 733 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns. 734 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler. 735 @end menu 736 737 @node Simple GLR Parsers 738 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} on Unambiguous Grammars 739 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, unambiguous grammars 740 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, unambiguous grammars 741 @findex %glr-parser 742 @findex %expect-rr 743 @cindex conflicts 744 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts 745 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts 746 747 In the simplest cases, you can use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm 748 to parse grammars that are unambiguous, but fail to be @acronym{LALR}(1). 749 Such grammars typically require more than one symbol of look-ahead, 750 or (in rare cases) fall into the category of grammars in which the 751 @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm throws away too much information (they are in 752 @acronym{LR}(1), but not @acronym{LALR}(1), @ref{Mystery Conflicts}). 753 754 Consider a problem that 755 arises in the declaration of enumerated and subrange types in the 756 programming language Pascal. Here are some examples: 757 758 @example 759 type subrange = lo .. hi; 760 type enum = (a, b, c); 761 @end example 762 763 @noindent 764 The original language standard allows only numeric 765 literals and constant identifiers for the subrange bounds (@samp{lo} 766 and @samp{hi}), but Extended Pascal (@acronym{ISO}/@acronym{IEC} 767 10206) and many other 768 Pascal implementations allow arbitrary expressions there. This gives 769 rise to the following situation, containing a superfluous pair of 770 parentheses: 771 772 @example 773 type subrange = (a) .. b; 774 @end example 775 776 @noindent 777 Compare this to the following declaration of an enumerated 778 type with only one value: 779 780 @example 781 type enum = (a); 782 @end example 783 784 @noindent 785 (These declarations are contrived, but they are syntactically 786 valid, and more-complicated cases can come up in practical programs.) 787 788 These two declarations look identical until the @samp{..} token. 789 With normal @acronym{LALR}(1) one-token look-ahead it is not 790 possible to decide between the two forms when the identifier 791 @samp{a} is parsed. It is, however, desirable 792 for a parser to decide this, since in the latter case 793 @samp{a} must become a new identifier to represent the enumeration 794 value, while in the former case @samp{a} must be evaluated with its 795 current meaning, which may be a constant or even a function call. 796 797 You could parse @samp{(a)} as an ``unspecified identifier in parentheses'', 798 to be resolved later, but this typically requires substantial 799 contortions in both semantic actions and large parts of the 800 grammar, where the parentheses are nested in the recursive rules for 801 expressions. 802 803 You might think of using the lexer to distinguish between the two 804 forms by returning different tokens for currently defined and 805 undefined identifiers. But if these declarations occur in a local 806 scope, and @samp{a} is defined in an outer scope, then both forms 807 are possible---either locally redefining @samp{a}, or using the 808 value of @samp{a} from the outer scope. So this approach cannot 809 work. 810 811 A simple solution to this problem is to declare the parser to 812 use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm. 813 When the @acronym{GLR} parser reaches the critical state, it 814 merely splits into two branches and pursues both syntax rules 815 simultaneously. Sooner or later, one of them runs into a parsing 816 error. If there is a @samp{..} token before the next 817 @samp{;}, the rule for enumerated types fails since it cannot 818 accept @samp{..} anywhere; otherwise, the subrange type rule 819 fails since it requires a @samp{..} token. So one of the branches 820 fails silently, and the other one continues normally, performing 821 all the intermediate actions that were postponed during the split. 822 823 If the input is syntactically incorrect, both branches fail and the parser 824 reports a syntax error as usual. 825 826 The effect of all this is that the parser seems to ``guess'' the 827 correct branch to take, or in other words, it seems to use more 828 look-ahead than the underlying @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm actually allows 829 for. In this example, @acronym{LALR}(2) would suffice, but also some cases 830 that are not @acronym{LALR}(@math{k}) for any @math{k} can be handled this way. 831 832 In general, a @acronym{GLR} parser can take quadratic or cubic worst-case time, 833 and the current Bison parser even takes exponential time and space 834 for some grammars. In practice, this rarely happens, and for many 835 grammars it is possible to prove that it cannot happen. 836 The present example contains only one conflict between two 837 rules, and the type-declaration context containing the conflict 838 cannot be nested. So the number of 839 branches that can exist at any time is limited by the constant 2, 840 and the parsing time is still linear. 841 842 Here is a Bison grammar corresponding to the example above. It 843 parses a vastly simplified form of Pascal type declarations. 844 845 @example 846 %token TYPE DOTDOT ID 847 848 @group 849 %left '+' '-' 850 %left '*' '/' 851 @end group 852 853 %% 854 855 @group 856 type_decl : TYPE ID '=' type ';' 857 ; 858 @end group 859 860 @group 861 type : '(' id_list ')' 862 | expr DOTDOT expr 863 ; 864 @end group 865 866 @group 867 id_list : ID 868 | id_list ',' ID 869 ; 870 @end group 871 872 @group 873 expr : '(' expr ')' 874 | expr '+' expr 875 | expr '-' expr 876 | expr '*' expr 877 | expr '/' expr 878 | ID 879 ; 880 @end group 881 @end example 882 883 When used as a normal @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar, Bison correctly complains 884 about one reduce/reduce conflict. In the conflicting situation the 885 parser chooses one of the alternatives, arbitrarily the one 886 declared first. Therefore the following correct input is not 887 recognized: 888 889 @example 890 type t = (a) .. b; 891 @end example 892 893 The parser can be turned into a @acronym{GLR} parser, while also telling Bison 894 to be silent about the one known reduce/reduce conflict, by 895 adding these two declarations to the Bison input file (before the first 896 @samp{%%}): 897 898 @example 899 %glr-parser 900 %expect-rr 1 901 @end example 902 903 @noindent 904 No change in the grammar itself is required. Now the 905 parser recognizes all valid declarations, according to the 906 limited syntax above, transparently. In fact, the user does not even 907 notice when the parser splits. 908 909 So here we have a case where we can use the benefits of @acronym{GLR}, 910 almost without disadvantages. Even in simple cases like this, however, 911 there are at least two potential problems to beware. First, always 912 analyze the conflicts reported by Bison to make sure that @acronym{GLR} 913 splitting is only done where it is intended. A @acronym{GLR} parser 914 splitting inadvertently may cause problems less obvious than an 915 @acronym{LALR} parser statically choosing the wrong alternative in a 916 conflict. Second, consider interactions with the lexer (@pxref{Semantic 917 Tokens}) with great care. Since a split parser consumes tokens without 918 performing any actions during the split, the lexer cannot obtain 919 information via parser actions. Some cases of lexer interactions can be 920 eliminated by using @acronym{GLR} to shift the complications from the 921 lexer to the parser. You must check the remaining cases for 922 correctness. 923 924 In our example, it would be safe for the lexer to return tokens based on 925 their current meanings in some symbol table, because no new symbols are 926 defined in the middle of a type declaration. Though it is possible for 927 a parser to define the enumeration constants as they are parsed, before 928 the type declaration is completed, it actually makes no difference since 929 they cannot be used within the same enumerated type declaration. 930 931 @node Merging GLR Parses 932 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} to Resolve Ambiguities 933 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, ambiguous grammars 934 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, ambiguous grammars 935 @findex %dprec 936 @findex %merge 937 @cindex conflicts 938 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts 939 940 Let's consider an example, vastly simplified from a C++ grammar. 941 942 @example 943 %@{ 944 #include <stdio.h> 945 #define YYSTYPE char const * 946 int yylex (void); 947 void yyerror (char const *); 948 %@} 949 950 %token TYPENAME ID 951 952 %right '=' 953 %left '+' 954 955 %glr-parser 956 957 %% 958 959 prog : 960 | prog stmt @{ printf ("\n"); @} 961 ; 962 963 stmt : expr ';' %dprec 1 964 | decl %dprec 2 965 ; 966 967 expr : ID @{ printf ("%s ", $$); @} 968 | TYPENAME '(' expr ')' 969 @{ printf ("%s <cast> ", $1); @} 970 | expr '+' expr @{ printf ("+ "); @} 971 | expr '=' expr @{ printf ("= "); @} 972 ; 973 974 decl : TYPENAME declarator ';' 975 @{ printf ("%s <declare> ", $1); @} 976 | TYPENAME declarator '=' expr ';' 977 @{ printf ("%s <init-declare> ", $1); @} 978 ; 979 980 declarator : ID @{ printf ("\"%s\" ", $1); @} 981 | '(' declarator ')' 982 ; 983 @end example 984 985 @noindent 986 This models a problematic part of the C++ grammar---the ambiguity between 987 certain declarations and statements. For example, 988 989 @example 990 T (x) = y+z; 991 @end example 992 993 @noindent 994 parses as either an @code{expr} or a @code{stmt} 995 (assuming that @samp{T} is recognized as a @code{TYPENAME} and 996 @samp{x} as an @code{ID}). 997 Bison detects this as a reduce/reduce conflict between the rules 998 @code{expr : ID} and @code{declarator : ID}, which it cannot resolve at the 999 time it encounters @code{x} in the example above. Since this is a 1000 @acronym{GLR} parser, it therefore splits the problem into two parses, one for 1001 each choice of resolving the reduce/reduce conflict. 1002 Unlike the example from the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}), 1003 however, neither of these parses ``dies,'' because the grammar as it stands is 1004 ambiguous. One of the parsers eventually reduces @code{stmt : expr ';'} and 1005 the other reduces @code{stmt : decl}, after which both parsers are in an 1006 identical state: they've seen @samp{prog stmt} and have the same unprocessed 1007 input remaining. We say that these parses have @dfn{merged.} 1008 1009 At this point, the @acronym{GLR} parser requires a specification in the 1010 grammar of how to choose between the competing parses. 1011 In the example above, the two @code{%dprec} 1012 declarations specify that Bison is to give precedence 1013 to the parse that interprets the example as a 1014 @code{decl}, which implies that @code{x} is a declarator. 1015 The parser therefore prints 1016 1017 @example 1018 "x" y z + T <init-declare> 1019 @end example 1020 1021 The @code{%dprec} declarations only come into play when more than one 1022 parse survives. Consider a different input string for this parser: 1023 1024 @example 1025 T (x) + y; 1026 @end example 1027 1028 @noindent 1029 This is another example of using @acronym{GLR} to parse an unambiguous 1030 construct, as shown in the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}). 1031 Here, there is no ambiguity (this cannot be parsed as a declaration). 1032 However, at the time the Bison parser encounters @code{x}, it does not 1033 have enough information to resolve the reduce/reduce conflict (again, 1034 between @code{x} as an @code{expr} or a @code{declarator}). In this 1035 case, no precedence declaration is used. Again, the parser splits 1036 into two, one assuming that @code{x} is an @code{expr}, and the other 1037 assuming @code{x} is a @code{declarator}. The second of these parsers 1038 then vanishes when it sees @code{+}, and the parser prints 1039 1040 @example 1041 x T <cast> y + 1042 @end example 1043 1044 Suppose that instead of resolving the ambiguity, you wanted to see all 1045 the possibilities. For this purpose, you must merge the semantic 1046 actions of the two possible parsers, rather than choosing one over the 1047 other. To do so, you could change the declaration of @code{stmt} as 1048 follows: 1049 1050 @example 1051 stmt : expr ';' %merge <stmtMerge> 1052 | decl %merge <stmtMerge> 1053 ; 1054 @end example 1055 1056 @noindent 1057 and define the @code{stmtMerge} function as: 1058 1059 @example 1060 static YYSTYPE 1061 stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1) 1062 @{ 1063 printf ("<OR> "); 1064 return ""; 1065 @} 1066 @end example 1067 1068 @noindent 1069 with an accompanying forward declaration 1070 in the C declarations at the beginning of the file: 1071 1072 @example 1073 %@{ 1074 #define YYSTYPE char const * 1075 static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1); 1076 %@} 1077 @end example 1078 1079 @noindent 1080 With these declarations, the resulting parser parses the first example 1081 as both an @code{expr} and a @code{decl}, and prints 1082 1083 @example 1084 "x" y z + T <init-declare> x T <cast> y z + = <OR> 1085 @end example 1086 1087 Bison requires that all of the 1088 productions that participate in any particular merge have identical 1089 @samp{%merge} clauses. Otherwise, the ambiguity would be unresolvable, 1090 and the parser will report an error during any parse that results in 1091 the offending merge. 1092 1093 @node GLR Semantic Actions 1094 @subsection GLR Semantic Actions 1095 1096 @cindex deferred semantic actions 1097 By definition, a deferred semantic action is not performed at the same time as 1098 the associated reduction. 1099 This raises caveats for several Bison features you might use in a semantic 1100 action in a @acronym{GLR} parser. 1101 1102 @vindex yychar 1103 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yychar} 1104 @vindex yylval 1105 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylval} 1106 @vindex yylloc 1107 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylloc} 1108 In any semantic action, you can examine @code{yychar} to determine the type of 1109 the look-ahead token present at the time of the associated reduction. 1110 After checking that @code{yychar} is not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}, 1111 you can then examine @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc} to determine the 1112 look-ahead token's semantic value and location, if any. 1113 In a nondeferred semantic action, you can also modify any of these variables to 1114 influence syntax analysis. 1115 @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}. 1116 1117 @findex yyclearin 1118 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yyclearin} 1119 In a deferred semantic action, it's too late to influence syntax analysis. 1120 In this case, @code{yychar}, @code{yylval}, and @code{yylloc} are set to 1121 shallow copies of the values they had at the time of the associated reduction. 1122 For this reason alone, modifying them is dangerous. 1123 Moreover, the result of modifying them is undefined and subject to change with 1124 future versions of Bison. 1125 For example, if a semantic action might be deferred, you should never write it 1126 to invoke @code{yyclearin} (@pxref{Action Features}) or to attempt to free 1127 memory referenced by @code{yylval}. 1128 1129 @findex YYERROR 1130 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYERROR} 1131 Another Bison feature requiring special consideration is @code{YYERROR} 1132 (@pxref{Action Features}), which you can invoke in a semantic action to 1133 initiate error recovery. 1134 During deterministic @acronym{GLR} operation, the effect of @code{YYERROR} is 1135 the same as its effect in an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser. 1136 In a deferred semantic action, its effect is undefined. 1137 @c The effect is probably a syntax error at the split point. 1138 1139 Also, see @ref{Location Default Action, ,Default Action for Locations}, which 1140 describes a special usage of @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} in @acronym{GLR} parsers. 1141 1142 @node Compiler Requirements 1143 @subsection Considerations when Compiling @acronym{GLR} Parsers 1144 @cindex @code{inline} 1145 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{inline} 1146 1147 The @acronym{GLR} parsers require a compiler for @acronym{ISO} C89 or 1148 later. In addition, they use the @code{inline} keyword, which is not 1149 C89, but is C99 and is a common extension in pre-C99 compilers. It is 1150 up to the user of these parsers to handle 1151 portability issues. For instance, if using Autoconf and the Autoconf 1152 macro @code{AC_C_INLINE}, a mere 1153 1154 @example 1155 %@{ 1156 #include <config.h> 1157 %@} 1158 @end example 1159 1160 @noindent 1161 will suffice. Otherwise, we suggest 1162 1163 @example 1164 %@{ 1165 #if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901 && ! defined __GNUC__ && ! defined inline 1166 #define inline 1167 #endif 1168 %@} 1169 @end example 1170 1171 @node Locations Overview 1172 @section Locations 1173 @cindex location 1174 @cindex textual location 1175 @cindex location, textual 1176 1177 Many applications, like interpreters or compilers, have to produce verbose 1178 and useful error messages. To achieve this, one must be able to keep track of 1179 the @dfn{textual location}, or @dfn{location}, of each syntactic construct. 1180 Bison provides a mechanism for handling these locations. 1181 1182 Each token has a semantic value. In a similar fashion, each token has an 1183 associated location, but the type of locations is the same for all tokens and 1184 groupings. Moreover, the output parser is equipped with a default data 1185 structure for storing locations (@pxref{Locations}, for more details). 1186 1187 Like semantic values, locations can be reached in actions using a dedicated 1188 set of constructs. In the example above, the location of the whole grouping 1189 is @code{@@$}, while the locations of the subexpressions are @code{@@1} and 1190 @code{@@3}. 1191 1192 When a rule is matched, a default action is used to compute the semantic value 1193 of its left hand side (@pxref{Actions}). In the same way, another default 1194 action is used for locations. However, the action for locations is general 1195 enough for most cases, meaning there is usually no need to describe for each 1196 rule how @code{@@$} should be formed. When building a new location for a given 1197 grouping, the default behavior of the output parser is to take the beginning 1198 of the first symbol, and the end of the last symbol. 1199 1200 @node Bison Parser 1201 @section Bison Output: the Parser File 1202 @cindex Bison parser 1203 @cindex Bison utility 1204 @cindex lexical analyzer, purpose 1205 @cindex parser 1206 1207 When you run Bison, you give it a Bison grammar file as input. The output 1208 is a C source file that parses the language described by the grammar. 1209 This file is called a @dfn{Bison parser}. Keep in mind that the Bison 1210 utility and the Bison parser are two distinct programs: the Bison utility 1211 is a program whose output is the Bison parser that becomes part of your 1212 program. 1213 1214 The job of the Bison parser is to group tokens into groupings according to 1215 the grammar rules---for example, to build identifiers and operators into 1216 expressions. As it does this, it runs the actions for the grammar rules it 1217 uses. 1218 1219 The tokens come from a function called the @dfn{lexical analyzer} that 1220 you must supply in some fashion (such as by writing it in C). The Bison 1221 parser calls the lexical analyzer each time it wants a new token. It 1222 doesn't know what is ``inside'' the tokens (though their semantic values 1223 may reflect this). Typically the lexical analyzer makes the tokens by 1224 parsing characters of text, but Bison does not depend on this. 1225 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}. 1226 1227 The Bison parser file is C code which defines a function named 1228 @code{yyparse} which implements that grammar. This function does not make 1229 a complete C program: you must supply some additional functions. One is 1230 the lexical analyzer. Another is an error-reporting function which the 1231 parser calls to report an error. In addition, a complete C program must 1232 start with a function called @code{main}; you have to provide this, and 1233 arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run. 1234 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}. 1235 1236 Aside from the token type names and the symbols in the actions you 1237 write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself 1238 begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}. This includes interface functions 1239 such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting 1240 function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself. 1241 This also includes numerous identifiers used for internal purposes. 1242 Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy} 1243 or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in 1244 this manual. Also, you should avoid using the C identifiers 1245 @samp{malloc} and @samp{free} for anything other than their usual 1246 meanings. 1247 1248 In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in 1249 those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those 1250 headers. On some non-@acronym{GNU} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>}, @code{<malloc.h>}, 1251 @code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to 1252 declare memory allocators and related types. @code{<libintl.h>} is 1253 included if message translation is in use 1254 (@pxref{Internationalization}). Other system headers may 1255 be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value 1256 (@pxref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}). 1257 1258 @node Stages 1259 @section Stages in Using Bison 1260 @cindex stages in using Bison 1261 @cindex using Bison 1262 1263 The actual language-design process using Bison, from grammar specification 1264 to a working compiler or interpreter, has these parts: 1265 1266 @enumerate 1267 @item 1268 Formally specify the grammar in a form recognized by Bison 1269 (@pxref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}). For each grammatical rule 1270 in the language, describe the action that is to be taken when an 1271 instance of that rule is recognized. The action is described by a 1272 sequence of C statements. 1273 1274 @item 1275 Write a lexical analyzer to process input and pass tokens to the parser. 1276 The lexical analyzer may be written by hand in C (@pxref{Lexical, ,The 1277 Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}). It could also be produced 1278 using Lex, but the use of Lex is not discussed in this manual. 1279 1280 @item 1281 Write a controlling function that calls the Bison-produced parser. 1282 1283 @item 1284 Write error-reporting routines. 1285 @end enumerate 1286 1287 To turn this source code as written into a runnable program, you 1288 must follow these steps: 1289 1290 @enumerate 1291 @item 1292 Run Bison on the grammar to produce the parser. 1293 1294 @item 1295 Compile the code output by Bison, as well as any other source files. 1296 1297 @item 1298 Link the object files to produce the finished product. 1299 @end enumerate 1300 1301 @node Grammar Layout 1302 @section The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar 1303 @cindex grammar file 1304 @cindex file format 1305 @cindex format of grammar file 1306 @cindex layout of Bison grammar 1307 1308 The input file for the Bison utility is a @dfn{Bison grammar file}. The 1309 general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows: 1310 1311 @example 1312 %@{ 1313 @var{Prologue} 1314 %@} 1315 1316 @var{Bison declarations} 1317 1318 %% 1319 @var{Grammar rules} 1320 %% 1321 @var{Epilogue} 1322 @end example 1323 1324 @noindent 1325 The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears 1326 in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections. 1327 1328 The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions. You can 1329 also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use 1330 @code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things. 1331 You need to declare the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} and the error 1332 printer @code{yyerror} here, along with any other global identifiers 1333 used by the actions in the grammar rules. 1334 1335 The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal 1336 symbols, and may also describe operator precedence and the data types of 1337 semantic values of various symbols. 1338 1339 The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its 1340 parts. 1341 1342 The epilogue can contain any code you want to use. Often the 1343 definitions of functions declared in the prologue go here. In a 1344 simple program, all the rest of the program can go here. 1345 1346 @node Examples 1347 @chapter Examples 1348 @cindex simple examples 1349 @cindex examples, simple 1350 1351 Now we show and explain three sample programs written using Bison: a 1352 reverse polish notation calculator, an algebraic (infix) notation 1353 calculator, and a multi-function calculator. All three have been tested 1354 under BSD Unix 4.3; each produces a usable, though limited, interactive 1355 desk-top calculator. 1356 1357 These examples are simple, but Bison grammars for real programming 1358 languages are written the same way. You can copy these examples into a 1359 source file to try them. 1360 1361 @menu 1362 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator; 1363 a first example with no operator precedence. 1364 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator. 1365 Operator precedence is introduced. 1366 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors. 1367 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$. 1368 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions. 1369 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values. 1370 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator. 1371 @end menu 1372 1373 @node RPN Calc 1374 @section Reverse Polish Notation Calculator 1375 @cindex reverse polish notation 1376 @cindex polish notation calculator 1377 @cindex @code{rpcalc} 1378 @cindex calculator, simple 1379 1380 The first example is that of a simple double-precision @dfn{reverse polish 1381 notation} calculator (a calculator using postfix operators). This example 1382 provides a good starting point, since operator precedence is not an issue. 1383 The second example will illustrate how operator precedence is handled. 1384 1385 The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}. The 1386 @samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files. 1387 1388 @menu 1389 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc. 1390 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation. 1391 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer. 1392 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function. 1393 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function. 1394 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file. 1395 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code. 1396 @end menu 1397 1398 @node Rpcalc Decls 1399 @subsection Declarations for @code{rpcalc} 1400 1401 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the reverse polish notation 1402 calculator. As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}. 1403 1404 @example 1405 /* Reverse polish notation calculator. */ 1406 1407 %@{ 1408 #define YYSTYPE double 1409 #include <math.h> 1410 int yylex (void); 1411 void yyerror (char const *); 1412 %@} 1413 1414 %token NUM 1415 1416 %% /* Grammar rules and actions follow. */ 1417 @end example 1418 1419 The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two 1420 preprocessor directives and two forward declarations. 1421 1422 The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus 1423 specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and 1424 groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The 1425 Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you 1426 don't define it, @code{int} is the default. Because we specify 1427 @code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value, 1428 which is a floating point number. 1429 1430 The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation 1431 function @code{pow}. 1432 1433 The forward declarations for @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} are 1434 needed because the C language requires that functions be declared 1435 before they are used. These functions will be defined in the 1436 epilogue, but the parser calls them so they must be declared in the 1437 prologue. 1438 1439 The second section, Bison declarations, provides information to Bison 1440 about the token types (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison 1441 Declarations Section}). Each terminal symbol that is not a 1442 single-character literal must be declared here. (Single-character 1443 literals normally don't need to be declared.) In this example, all the 1444 arithmetic operators are designated by single-character literals, so the 1445 only terminal symbol that needs to be declared is @code{NUM}, the token 1446 type for numeric constants. 1447 1448 @node Rpcalc Rules 1449 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc} 1450 1451 Here are the grammar rules for the reverse polish notation calculator. 1452 1453 @example 1454 input: /* empty */ 1455 | input line 1456 ; 1457 1458 line: '\n' 1459 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @} 1460 ; 1461 1462 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @} 1463 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} 1464 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} 1465 | exp exp '*' @{ $$ = $1 * $2; @} 1466 | exp exp '/' @{ $$ = $1 / $2; @} 1467 /* Exponentiation */ 1468 | exp exp '^' @{ $$ = pow ($1, $2); @} 1469 /* Unary minus */ 1470 | exp 'n' @{ $$ = -$1; @} 1471 ; 1472 %% 1473 @end example 1474 1475 The groupings of the rpcalc ``language'' defined here are the expression 1476 (given the name @code{exp}), the line of input (@code{line}), and the 1477 complete input transcript (@code{input}). Each of these nonterminal 1478 symbols has several alternate rules, joined by the vertical bar @samp{|} 1479 which is read as ``or''. The following sections explain what these rules 1480 mean. 1481 1482 The semantics of the language is determined by the actions taken when a 1483 grouping is recognized. The actions are the C code that appears inside 1484 braces. @xref{Actions}. 1485 1486 You must specify these actions in C, but Bison provides the means for 1487 passing semantic values between the rules. In each action, the 1488 pseudo-variable @code{$$} stands for the semantic value for the grouping 1489 that the rule is going to construct. Assigning a value to @code{$$} is the 1490 main job of most actions. The semantic values of the components of the 1491 rule are referred to as @code{$1}, @code{$2}, and so on. 1492 1493 @menu 1494 * Rpcalc Input:: 1495 * Rpcalc Line:: 1496 * Rpcalc Expr:: 1497 @end menu 1498 1499 @node Rpcalc Input 1500 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{input} 1501 1502 Consider the definition of @code{input}: 1503 1504 @example 1505 input: /* empty */ 1506 | input line 1507 ; 1508 @end example 1509 1510 This definition reads as follows: ``A complete input is either an empty 1511 string, or a complete input followed by an input line''. Notice that 1512 ``complete input'' is defined in terms of itself. This definition is said 1513 to be @dfn{left recursive} since @code{input} appears always as the 1514 leftmost symbol in the sequence. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}. 1515 1516 The first alternative is empty because there are no symbols between the 1517 colon and the first @samp{|}; this means that @code{input} can match an 1518 empty string of input (no tokens). We write the rules this way because it 1519 is legitimate to type @kbd{Ctrl-d} right after you start the calculator. 1520 It's conventional to put an empty alternative first and write the comment 1521 @samp{/* empty */} in it. 1522 1523 The second alternate rule (@code{input line}) handles all nontrivial input. 1524 It means, ``After reading any number of lines, read one more line if 1525 possible.'' The left recursion makes this rule into a loop. Since the 1526 first alternative matches empty input, the loop can be executed zero or 1527 more times. 1528 1529 The parser function @code{yyparse} continues to process input until a 1530 grammatical error is seen or the lexical analyzer says there are no more 1531 input tokens; we will arrange for the latter to happen at end-of-input. 1532 1533 @node Rpcalc Line 1534 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{line} 1535 1536 Now consider the definition of @code{line}: 1537 1538 @example 1539 line: '\n' 1540 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @} 1541 ; 1542 @end example 1543 1544 The first alternative is a token which is a newline character; this means 1545 that rpcalc accepts a blank line (and ignores it, since there is no 1546 action). The second alternative is an expression followed by a newline. 1547 This is the alternative that makes rpcalc useful. The semantic value of 1548 the @code{exp} grouping is the value of @code{$1} because the @code{exp} in 1549 question is the first symbol in the alternative. The action prints this 1550 value, which is the result of the computation the user asked for. 1551 1552 This action is unusual because it does not assign a value to @code{$$}. As 1553 a consequence, the semantic value associated with the @code{line} is 1554 uninitialized (its value will be unpredictable). This would be a bug if 1555 that value were ever used, but we don't use it: once rpcalc has printed the 1556 value of the user's input line, that value is no longer needed. 1557 1558 @node Rpcalc Expr 1559 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{expr} 1560 1561 The @code{exp} grouping has several rules, one for each kind of expression. 1562 The first rule handles the simplest expressions: those that are just numbers. 1563 The second handles an addition-expression, which looks like two expressions 1564 followed by a plus-sign. The third handles subtraction, and so on. 1565 1566 @example 1567 exp: NUM 1568 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} 1569 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} 1570 @dots{} 1571 ; 1572 @end example 1573 1574 We have used @samp{|} to join all the rules for @code{exp}, but we could 1575 equally well have written them separately: 1576 1577 @example 1578 exp: NUM ; 1579 exp: exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} ; 1580 exp: exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} ; 1581 @dots{} 1582 @end example 1583 1584 Most of the rules have actions that compute the value of the expression in 1585 terms of the value of its parts. For example, in the rule for addition, 1586 @code{$1} refers to the first component @code{exp} and @code{$2} refers to 1587 the second one. The third component, @code{'+'}, has no meaningful 1588 associated semantic value, but if it had one you could refer to it as 1589 @code{$3}. When @code{yyparse} recognizes a sum expression using this 1590 rule, the sum of the two subexpressions' values is produced as the value of 1591 the entire expression. @xref{Actions}. 1592 1593 You don't have to give an action for every rule. When a rule has no 1594 action, Bison by default copies the value of @code{$1} into @code{$$}. 1595 This is what happens in the first rule (the one that uses @code{NUM}). 1596 1597 The formatting shown here is the recommended convention, but Bison does 1598 not require it. You can add or change white space as much as you wish. 1599 For example, this: 1600 1601 @example 1602 exp : NUM | exp exp '+' @{$$ = $1 + $2; @} | @dots{} ; 1603 @end example 1604 1605 @noindent 1606 means the same thing as this: 1607 1608 @example 1609 exp: NUM 1610 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} 1611 | @dots{} 1612 ; 1613 @end example 1614 1615 @noindent 1616 The latter, however, is much more readable. 1617 1618 @node Rpcalc Lexer 1619 @subsection The @code{rpcalc} Lexical Analyzer 1620 @cindex writing a lexical analyzer 1621 @cindex lexical analyzer, writing 1622 1623 The lexical analyzer's job is low-level parsing: converting characters 1624 or sequences of characters into tokens. The Bison parser gets its 1625 tokens by calling the lexical analyzer. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical 1626 Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}. 1627 1628 Only a simple lexical analyzer is needed for the @acronym{RPN} 1629 calculator. This 1630 lexical analyzer skips blanks and tabs, then reads in numbers as 1631 @code{double} and returns them as @code{NUM} tokens. Any other character 1632 that isn't part of a number is a separate token. Note that the token-code 1633 for such a single-character token is the character itself. 1634 1635 The return value of the lexical analyzer function is a numeric code which 1636 represents a token type. The same text used in Bison rules to stand for 1637 this token type is also a C expression for the numeric code for the type. 1638 This works in two ways. If the token type is a character literal, then its 1639 numeric code is that of the character; you can use the same 1640 character literal in the lexical analyzer to express the number. If the 1641 token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C 1642 macro whose definition is the appropriate number. In this example, 1643 therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use. 1644 1645 The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the 1646 global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look 1647 for it. (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was 1648 defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Decls, 1649 ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.) 1650 1651 A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-input is encountered. 1652 (Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating end-of-input.) 1653 1654 Here is the code for the lexical analyzer: 1655 1656 @example 1657 @group 1658 /* The lexical analyzer returns a double floating point 1659 number on the stack and the token NUM, or the numeric code 1660 of the character read if not a number. It skips all blanks 1661 and tabs, and returns 0 for end-of-input. */ 1662 1663 #include <ctype.h> 1664 @end group 1665 1666 @group 1667 int 1668 yylex (void) 1669 @{ 1670 int c; 1671 1672 /* Skip white space. */ 1673 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t') 1674 ; 1675 @end group 1676 @group 1677 /* Process numbers. */ 1678 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c)) 1679 @{ 1680 ungetc (c, stdin); 1681 scanf ("%lf", &yylval); 1682 return NUM; 1683 @} 1684 @end group 1685 @group 1686 /* Return end-of-input. */ 1687 if (c == EOF) 1688 return 0; 1689 /* Return a single char. */ 1690 return c; 1691 @} 1692 @end group 1693 @end example 1694 1695 @node Rpcalc Main 1696 @subsection The Controlling Function 1697 @cindex controlling function 1698 @cindex main function in simple example 1699 1700 In keeping with the spirit of this example, the controlling function is 1701 kept to the bare minimum. The only requirement is that it call 1702 @code{yyparse} to start the process of parsing. 1703 1704 @example 1705 @group 1706 int 1707 main (void) 1708 @{ 1709 return yyparse (); 1710 @} 1711 @end group 1712 @end example 1713 1714 @node Rpcalc Error 1715 @subsection The Error Reporting Routine 1716 @cindex error reporting routine 1717 1718 When @code{yyparse} detects a syntax error, it calls the error reporting 1719 function @code{yyerror} to print an error message (usually but not 1720 always @code{"syntax error"}). It is up to the programmer to supply 1721 @code{yyerror} (@pxref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}), so 1722 here is the definition we will use: 1723 1724 @example 1725 @group 1726 #include <stdio.h> 1727 1728 /* Called by yyparse on error. */ 1729 void 1730 yyerror (char const *s) 1731 @{ 1732 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s); 1733 @} 1734 @end group 1735 @end example 1736 1737 After @code{yyerror} returns, the Bison parser may recover from the error 1738 and continue parsing if the grammar contains a suitable error rule 1739 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Otherwise, @code{yyparse} returns nonzero. We 1740 have not written any error rules in this example, so any invalid input will 1741 cause the calculator program to exit. This is not clean behavior for a 1742 real calculator, but it is adequate for the first example. 1743 1744 @node Rpcalc Gen 1745 @subsection Running Bison to Make the Parser 1746 @cindex running Bison (introduction) 1747 1748 Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to 1749 arrange all the source code in one or more source files. For such a 1750 simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file. The 1751 definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the 1752 end, in the epilogue of the file 1753 (@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}). 1754 1755 For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use 1756 @code{make} to arrange to recompile them. 1757 1758 With all the source in a single file, you use the following command to 1759 convert it into a parser file: 1760 1761 @example 1762 bison @var{file}.y 1763 @end example 1764 1765 @noindent 1766 In this example the file was called @file{rpcalc.y} (for ``Reverse Polish 1767 @sc{calc}ulator''). Bison produces a file named @file{@var{file}.tab.c}, 1768 removing the @samp{.y} from the original file name. The file output by 1769 Bison contains the source code for @code{yyparse}. The additional 1770 functions in the input file (@code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main}) 1771 are copied verbatim to the output. 1772 1773 @node Rpcalc Compile 1774 @subsection Compiling the Parser File 1775 @cindex compiling the parser 1776 1777 Here is how to compile and run the parser file: 1778 1779 @example 1780 @group 1781 # @r{List files in current directory.} 1782 $ @kbd{ls} 1783 rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y 1784 @end group 1785 1786 @group 1787 # @r{Compile the Bison parser.} 1788 # @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.} 1789 $ @kbd{cc -lm -o rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c} 1790 @end group 1791 1792 @group 1793 # @r{List files again.} 1794 $ @kbd{ls} 1795 rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y 1796 @end group 1797 @end example 1798 1799 The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code. Here is an 1800 example session using @code{rpcalc}. 1801 1802 @example 1803 $ @kbd{rpcalc} 1804 @kbd{4 9 +} 1805 13 1806 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-} 1807 -13 1808 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n} @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}} 1809 13 1810 @kbd{5 6 / 4 n +} 1811 -3.166666667 1812 @kbd{3 4 ^} @r{Exponentiation} 1813 81 1814 @kbd{^D} @r{End-of-file indicator} 1815 $ 1816 @end example 1817 1818 @node Infix Calc 1819 @section Infix Notation Calculator: @code{calc} 1820 @cindex infix notation calculator 1821 @cindex @code{calc} 1822 @cindex calculator, infix notation 1823 1824 We now modify rpcalc to handle infix operators instead of postfix. Infix 1825 notation involves the concept of operator precedence and the need for 1826 parentheses nested to arbitrary depth. Here is the Bison code for 1827 @file{calc.y}, an infix desk-top calculator. 1828 1829 @example 1830 /* Infix notation calculator. */ 1831 1832 %@{ 1833 #define YYSTYPE double 1834 #include <math.h> 1835 #include <stdio.h> 1836 int yylex (void); 1837 void yyerror (char const *); 1838 %@} 1839 1840 /* Bison declarations. */ 1841 %token NUM 1842 %left '-' '+' 1843 %left '*' '/' 1844 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */ 1845 %right '^' /* exponentiation */ 1846 1847 %% /* The grammar follows. */ 1848 input: /* empty */ 1849 | input line 1850 ; 1851 1852 line: '\n' 1853 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @} 1854 ; 1855 1856 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @} 1857 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @} 1858 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @} 1859 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @} 1860 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @} 1861 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @} 1862 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @} 1863 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @} 1864 ; 1865 %% 1866 @end example 1867 1868 @noindent 1869 The functions @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} can be the 1870 same as before. 1871 1872 There are two important new features shown in this code. 1873 1874 In the second section (Bison declarations), @code{%left} declares token 1875 types and says they are left-associative operators. The declarations 1876 @code{%left} and @code{%right} (right associativity) take the place of 1877 @code{%token} which is used to declare a token type name without 1878 associativity. (These tokens are single-character literals, which 1879 ordinarily don't need to be declared. We declare them here to specify 1880 the associativity.) 1881 1882 Operator precedence is determined by the line ordering of the 1883 declarations; the higher the line number of the declaration (lower on 1884 the page or screen), the higher the precedence. Hence, exponentiation 1885 has the highest precedence, unary minus (@code{NEG}) is next, followed 1886 by @samp{*} and @samp{/}, and so on. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator 1887 Precedence}. 1888 1889 The other important new feature is the @code{%prec} in the grammar 1890 section for the unary minus operator. The @code{%prec} simply instructs 1891 Bison that the rule @samp{| '-' exp} has the same precedence as 1892 @code{NEG}---in this case the next-to-highest. @xref{Contextual 1893 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}. 1894 1895 Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}: 1896 1897 @need 500 1898 @example 1899 $ @kbd{calc} 1900 @kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))} 1901 6.880952381 1902 @kbd{-56 + 2} 1903 -54 1904 @kbd{3 ^ 2} 1905 9 1906 @end example 1907 1908 @node Simple Error Recovery 1909 @section Simple Error Recovery 1910 @cindex error recovery, simple 1911 1912 Up to this point, this manual has not addressed the issue of @dfn{error 1913 recovery}---how to continue parsing after the parser detects a syntax 1914 error. All we have handled is error reporting with @code{yyerror}. 1915 Recall that by default @code{yyparse} returns after calling 1916 @code{yyerror}. This means that an erroneous input line causes the 1917 calculator program to exit. Now we show how to rectify this deficiency. 1918 1919 The Bison language itself includes the reserved word @code{error}, which 1920 may be included in the grammar rules. In the example below it has 1921 been added to one of the alternatives for @code{line}: 1922 1923 @example 1924 @group 1925 line: '\n' 1926 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @} 1927 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @} 1928 ; 1929 @end group 1930 @end example 1931 1932 This addition to the grammar allows for simple error recovery in the 1933 event of a syntax error. If an expression that cannot be evaluated is 1934 read, the error will be recognized by the third rule for @code{line}, 1935 and parsing will continue. (The @code{yyerror} function is still called 1936 upon to print its message as well.) The action executes the statement 1937 @code{yyerrok}, a macro defined automatically by Bison; its meaning is 1938 that error recovery is complete (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Note the 1939 difference between @code{yyerrok} and @code{yyerror}; neither one is a 1940 misprint. 1941 1942 This form of error recovery deals with syntax errors. There are other 1943 kinds of errors; for example, division by zero, which raises an exception 1944 signal that is normally fatal. A real calculator program must handle this 1945 signal and use @code{longjmp} to return to @code{main} and resume parsing 1946 input lines; it would also have to discard the rest of the current line of 1947 input. We won't discuss this issue further because it is not specific to 1948 Bison programs. 1949 1950 @node Location Tracking Calc 1951 @section Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc} 1952 @cindex location tracking calculator 1953 @cindex @code{ltcalc} 1954 @cindex calculator, location tracking 1955 1956 This example extends the infix notation calculator with location 1957 tracking. This feature will be used to improve the error messages. For 1958 the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since 1959 most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical 1960 analyzer. 1961 1962 @menu 1963 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc. 1964 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations. 1965 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer. 1966 @end menu 1967 1968 @node Ltcalc Decls 1969 @subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc} 1970 1971 The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are 1972 the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator. 1973 1974 @example 1975 /* Location tracking calculator. */ 1976 1977 %@{ 1978 #define YYSTYPE int 1979 #include <math.h> 1980 int yylex (void); 1981 void yyerror (char const *); 1982 %@} 1983 1984 /* Bison declarations. */ 1985 %token NUM 1986 1987 %left '-' '+' 1988 %left '*' '/' 1989 %left NEG 1990 %right '^' 1991 1992 %% /* The grammar follows. */ 1993 @end example 1994 1995 @noindent 1996 Note there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining a data 1997 type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided 1998 by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a 1999 four member structure with the following integer fields: 2000 @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and 2001 @code{last_column}. 2002 2003 @node Ltcalc Rules 2004 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc} 2005 2006 Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your 2007 language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close 2008 to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit 2009 from the new information. 2010 2011 Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the 2012 wrong expressions or subexpressions. 2013 2014 @example 2015 @group 2016 input : /* empty */ 2017 | input line 2018 ; 2019 @end group 2020 2021 @group 2022 line : '\n' 2023 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("%d\n", $1); @} 2024 ; 2025 @end group 2026 2027 @group 2028 exp : NUM @{ $$ = $1; @} 2029 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @} 2030 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @} 2031 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @} 2032 @end group 2033 @group 2034 | exp '/' exp 2035 @{ 2036 if ($3) 2037 $$ = $1 / $3; 2038 else 2039 @{ 2040 $$ = 1; 2041 fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero", 2042 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column, 2043 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column); 2044 @} 2045 @} 2046 @end group 2047 @group 2048 | '-' exp %preg NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @} 2049 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @} 2050 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @} 2051 @end group 2052 @end example 2053 2054 This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by 2055 using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the 2056 pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings. 2057 2058 We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it 2059 automatically. By default, before executing the C code of each action, 2060 @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end 2061 of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components. This behavior 2062 can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for 2063 Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by 2064 hand. 2065 2066 @node Ltcalc Lexer 2067 @subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer. 2068 2069 Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location 2070 tracking. The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyzer, and make it 2071 able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for 2072 semantic values. 2073 2074 To this end, we must take into account every single character of the 2075 input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong: 2076 2077 @example 2078 @group 2079 int 2080 yylex (void) 2081 @{ 2082 int c; 2083 @end group 2084 2085 @group 2086 /* Skip white space. */ 2087 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t') 2088 ++yylloc.last_column; 2089 @end group 2090 2091 @group 2092 /* Step. */ 2093 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line; 2094 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column; 2095 @end group 2096 2097 @group 2098 /* Process numbers. */ 2099 if (isdigit (c)) 2100 @{ 2101 yylval = c - '0'; 2102 ++yylloc.last_column; 2103 while (isdigit (c = getchar ())) 2104 @{ 2105 ++yylloc.last_column; 2106 yylval = yylval * 10 + c - '0'; 2107 @} 2108 ungetc (c, stdin); 2109 return NUM; 2110 @} 2111 @end group 2112 2113 /* Return end-of-input. */ 2114 if (c == EOF) 2115 return 0; 2116 2117 /* Return a single char, and update location. */ 2118 if (c == '\n') 2119 @{ 2120 ++yylloc.last_line; 2121 yylloc.last_column = 0; 2122 @} 2123 else 2124 ++yylloc.last_column; 2125 return c; 2126 @} 2127 @end example 2128 2129 Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before: 2130 it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens. 2131 In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type 2132 @code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location. 2133 2134 Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number 2135 as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text. The last 2136 needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the 2137 controlling function: 2138 2139 @example 2140 @group 2141 int 2142 main (void) 2143 @{ 2144 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1; 2145 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0; 2146 return yyparse (); 2147 @} 2148 @end group 2149 @end example 2150 2151 Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every 2152 character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in 2153 valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on. 2154 2155 @node Multi-function Calc 2156 @section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc} 2157 @cindex multi-function calculator 2158 @cindex @code{mfcalc} 2159 @cindex calculator, multi-function 2160 2161 Now that the basics of Bison have been discussed, it is time to move on to 2162 a more advanced problem. The above calculators provided only five 2163 functions, @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{/} and @samp{^}. It would 2164 be nice to have a calculator that provides other mathematical functions such 2165 as @code{sin}, @code{cos}, etc. 2166 2167 It is easy to add new operators to the infix calculator as long as they are 2168 only single-character literals. The lexical analyzer @code{yylex} passes 2169 back all nonnumeric characters as tokens, so new grammar rules suffice for 2170 adding a new operator. But we want something more flexible: built-in 2171 functions whose syntax has this form: 2172 2173 @example 2174 @var{function_name} (@var{argument}) 2175 @end example 2176 2177 @noindent 2178 At the same time, we will add memory to the calculator, by allowing you 2179 to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later. 2180 Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator: 2181 2182 @example 2183 $ @kbd{mfcalc} 2184 @kbd{pi = 3.141592653589} 2185 3.1415926536 2186 @kbd{sin(pi)} 2187 0.0000000000 2188 @kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3} 2189 2.3000000000 2190 @kbd{alpha} 2191 2.3000000000 2192 @kbd{ln(alpha)} 2193 0.8329091229 2194 @kbd{exp(ln(beta1))} 2195 2.3000000000 2196 $ 2197 @end example 2198 2199 Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted. 2200 2201 @menu 2202 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator. 2203 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator. 2204 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines. 2205 @end menu 2206 2207 @node Mfcalc Decl 2208 @subsection Declarations for @code{mfcalc} 2209 2210 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the multi-function calculator. 2211 2212 @smallexample 2213 @group 2214 %@{ 2215 #include <math.h> /* For math functions, cos(), sin(), etc. */ 2216 #include "calc.h" /* Contains definition of `symrec'. */ 2217 int yylex (void); 2218 void yyerror (char const *); 2219 %@} 2220 @end group 2221 @group 2222 %union @{ 2223 double val; /* For returning numbers. */ 2224 symrec *tptr; /* For returning symbol-table pointers. */ 2225 @} 2226 @end group 2227 %token <val> NUM /* Simple double precision number. */ 2228 %token <tptr> VAR FNCT /* Variable and Function. */ 2229 %type <val> exp 2230 2231 @group 2232 %right '=' 2233 %left '-' '+' 2234 %left '*' '/' 2235 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */ 2236 %right '^' /* exponentiation */ 2237 @end group 2238 %% /* The grammar follows. */ 2239 @end smallexample 2240 2241 The above grammar introduces only two new features of the Bison language. 2242 These features allow semantic values to have various data types 2243 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}). 2244 2245 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire list of possible types; 2246 this is instead of defining @code{YYSTYPE}. The allowable types are now 2247 double-floats (for @code{exp} and @code{NUM}) and pointers to entries in 2248 the symbol table. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}. 2249 2250 Since values can now have various types, it is necessary to associate a 2251 type with each grammar symbol whose semantic value is used. These symbols 2252 are @code{NUM}, @code{VAR}, @code{FNCT}, and @code{exp}. Their 2253 declarations are augmented with information about their data type (placed 2254 between angle brackets). 2255 2256 The Bison construct @code{%type} is used for declaring nonterminal 2257 symbols, just as @code{%token} is used for declaring token types. We 2258 have not used @code{%type} before because nonterminal symbols are 2259 normally declared implicitly by the rules that define them. But 2260 @code{exp} must be declared explicitly so we can specify its value type. 2261 @xref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}. 2262 2263 @node Mfcalc Rules 2264 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{mfcalc} 2265 2266 Here are the grammar rules for the multi-function calculator. 2267 Most of them are copied directly from @code{calc}; three rules, 2268 those which mention @code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}, are new. 2269 2270 @smallexample 2271 @group 2272 input: /* empty */ 2273 | input line 2274 ; 2275 @end group 2276 2277 @group 2278 line: 2279 '\n' 2280 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @} 2281 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @} 2282 ; 2283 @end group 2284 2285 @group 2286 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @} 2287 | VAR @{ $$ = $1->value.var; @} 2288 | VAR '=' exp @{ $$ = $3; $1->value.var = $3; @} 2289 | FNCT '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = (*($1->value.fnctptr))($3); @} 2290 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @} 2291 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @} 2292 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @} 2293 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @} 2294 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @} 2295 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @} 2296 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @} 2297 ; 2298 @end group 2299 /* End of grammar. */ 2300 %% 2301 @end smallexample 2302 2303 @node Mfcalc Symtab 2304 @subsection The @code{mfcalc} Symbol Table 2305 @cindex symbol table example 2306 2307 The multi-function calculator requires a symbol table to keep track of the 2308 names and meanings of variables and functions. This doesn't affect the 2309 grammar rules (except for the actions) or the Bison declarations, but it 2310 requires some additional C functions for support. 2311 2312 The symbol table itself consists of a linked list of records. Its 2313 definition, which is kept in the header @file{calc.h}, is as follows. It 2314 provides for either functions or variables to be placed in the table. 2315 2316 @smallexample 2317 @group 2318 /* Function type. */ 2319 typedef double (*func_t) (double); 2320 @end group 2321 2322 @group 2323 /* Data type for links in the chain of symbols. */ 2324 struct symrec 2325 @{ 2326 char *name; /* name of symbol */ 2327 int type; /* type of symbol: either VAR or FNCT */ 2328 union 2329 @{ 2330 double var; /* value of a VAR */ 2331 func_t fnctptr; /* value of a FNCT */ 2332 @} value; 2333 struct symrec *next; /* link field */ 2334 @}; 2335 @end group 2336 2337 @group 2338 typedef struct symrec symrec; 2339 2340 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */ 2341 extern symrec *sym_table; 2342 2343 symrec *putsym (char const *, int); 2344 symrec *getsym (char const *); 2345 @end group 2346 @end smallexample 2347 2348 The new version of @code{main} includes a call to @code{init_table}, a 2349 function that initializes the symbol table. Here it is, and 2350 @code{init_table} as well: 2351 2352 @smallexample 2353 #include <stdio.h> 2354 2355 @group 2356 /* Called by yyparse on error. */ 2357 void 2358 yyerror (char const *s) 2359 @{ 2360 printf ("%s\n", s); 2361 @} 2362 @end group 2363 2364 @group 2365 struct init 2366 @{ 2367 char const *fname; 2368 double (*fnct) (double); 2369 @}; 2370 @end group 2371 2372 @group 2373 struct init const arith_fncts[] = 2374 @{ 2375 "sin", sin, 2376 "cos", cos, 2377 "atan", atan, 2378 "ln", log, 2379 "exp", exp, 2380 "sqrt", sqrt, 2381 0, 0 2382 @}; 2383 @end group 2384 2385 @group 2386 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */ 2387 symrec *sym_table; 2388 @end group 2389 2390 @group 2391 /* Put arithmetic functions in table. */ 2392 void 2393 init_table (void) 2394 @{ 2395 int i; 2396 symrec *ptr; 2397 for (i = 0; arith_fncts[i].fname != 0; i++) 2398 @{ 2399 ptr = putsym (arith_fncts[i].fname, FNCT); 2400 ptr->value.fnctptr = arith_fncts[i].fnct; 2401 @} 2402 @} 2403 @end group 2404 2405 @group 2406 int 2407 main (void) 2408 @{ 2409 init_table (); 2410 return yyparse (); 2411 @} 2412 @end group 2413 @end smallexample 2414 2415 By simply editing the initialization list and adding the necessary include 2416 files, you can add additional functions to the calculator. 2417 2418 Two important functions allow look-up and installation of symbols in the 2419 symbol table. The function @code{putsym} is passed a name and the type 2420 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) of the object to be installed. The object is 2421 linked to the front of the list, and a pointer to the object is returned. 2422 The function @code{getsym} is passed the name of the symbol to look up. If 2423 found, a pointer to that symbol is returned; otherwise zero is returned. 2424 2425 @smallexample 2426 symrec * 2427 putsym (char const *sym_name, int sym_type) 2428 @{ 2429 symrec *ptr; 2430 ptr = (symrec *) malloc (sizeof (symrec)); 2431 ptr->name = (char *) malloc (strlen (sym_name) + 1); 2432 strcpy (ptr->name,sym_name); 2433 ptr->type = sym_type; 2434 ptr->value.var = 0; /* Set value to 0 even if fctn. */ 2435 ptr->next = (struct symrec *)sym_table; 2436 sym_table = ptr; 2437 return ptr; 2438 @} 2439 2440 symrec * 2441 getsym (char const *sym_name) 2442 @{ 2443 symrec *ptr; 2444 for (ptr = sym_table; ptr != (symrec *) 0; 2445 ptr = (symrec *)ptr->next) 2446 if (strcmp (ptr->name,sym_name) == 0) 2447 return ptr; 2448 return 0; 2449 @} 2450 @end smallexample 2451 2452 The function @code{yylex} must now recognize variables, numeric values, and 2453 the single-character arithmetic operators. Strings of alphanumeric 2454 characters with a leading letter are recognized as either variables or 2455 functions depending on what the symbol table says about them. 2456 2457 The string is passed to @code{getsym} for look up in the symbol table. If 2458 the name appears in the table, a pointer to its location and its type 2459 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) is returned to @code{yyparse}. If it is not 2460 already in the table, then it is installed as a @code{VAR} using 2461 @code{putsym}. Again, a pointer and its type (which must be @code{VAR}) is 2462 returned to @code{yyparse}. 2463 2464 No change is needed in the handling of numeric values and arithmetic 2465 operators in @code{yylex}. 2466 2467 @smallexample 2468 @group 2469 #include <ctype.h> 2470 @end group 2471 2472 @group 2473 int 2474 yylex (void) 2475 @{ 2476 int c; 2477 2478 /* Ignore white space, get first nonwhite character. */ 2479 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t'); 2480 2481 if (c == EOF) 2482 return 0; 2483 @end group 2484 2485 @group 2486 /* Char starts a number => parse the number. */ 2487 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c)) 2488 @{ 2489 ungetc (c, stdin); 2490 scanf ("%lf", &yylval.val); 2491 return NUM; 2492 @} 2493 @end group 2494 2495 @group 2496 /* Char starts an identifier => read the name. */ 2497 if (isalpha (c)) 2498 @{ 2499 symrec *s; 2500 static char *symbuf = 0; 2501 static int length = 0; 2502 int i; 2503 @end group 2504 2505 @group 2506 /* Initially make the buffer long enough 2507 for a 40-character symbol name. */ 2508 if (length == 0) 2509 length = 40, symbuf = (char *)malloc (length + 1); 2510 2511 i = 0; 2512 do 2513 @end group 2514 @group 2515 @{ 2516 /* If buffer is full, make it bigger. */ 2517 if (i == length) 2518 @{ 2519 length *= 2; 2520 symbuf = (char *) realloc (symbuf, length + 1); 2521 @} 2522 /* Add this character to the buffer. */ 2523 symbuf[i++] = c; 2524 /* Get another character. */ 2525 c = getchar (); 2526 @} 2527 @end group 2528 @group 2529 while (isalnum (c)); 2530 2531 ungetc (c, stdin); 2532 symbuf[i] = '\0'; 2533 @end group 2534 2535 @group 2536 s = getsym (symbuf); 2537 if (s == 0) 2538 s = putsym (symbuf, VAR); 2539 yylval.tptr = s; 2540 return s->type; 2541 @} 2542 2543 /* Any other character is a token by itself. */ 2544 return c; 2545 @} 2546 @end group 2547 @end smallexample 2548 2549 This program is both powerful and flexible. You may easily add new 2550 functions, and it is a simple job to modify this code to install 2551 predefined variables such as @code{pi} or @code{e} as well. 2552 2553 @node Exercises 2554 @section Exercises 2555 @cindex exercises 2556 2557 @enumerate 2558 @item 2559 Add some new functions from @file{math.h} to the initialization list. 2560 2561 @item 2562 Add another array that contains constants and their values. Then 2563 modify @code{init_table} to add these constants to the symbol table. 2564 It will be easiest to give the constants type @code{VAR}. 2565 2566 @item 2567 Make the program report an error if the user refers to an 2568 uninitialized variable in any way except to store a value in it. 2569 @end enumerate 2570 2571 @node Grammar File 2572 @chapter Bison Grammar Files 2573 2574 Bison takes as input a context-free grammar specification and produces a 2575 C-language function that recognizes correct instances of the grammar. 2576 2577 The Bison grammar input file conventionally has a name ending in @samp{.y}. 2578 @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}. 2579 2580 @menu 2581 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file. 2582 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols. 2583 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules. 2584 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules. 2585 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions. 2586 * Locations:: Locations and actions. 2587 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here. 2588 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program. 2589 @end menu 2590 2591 @node Grammar Outline 2592 @section Outline of a Bison Grammar 2593 2594 A Bison grammar file has four main sections, shown here with the 2595 appropriate delimiters: 2596 2597 @example 2598 %@{ 2599 @var{Prologue} 2600 %@} 2601 2602 @var{Bison declarations} 2603 2604 %% 2605 @var{Grammar rules} 2606 %% 2607 2608 @var{Epilogue} 2609 @end example 2610 2611 Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections. 2612 As a @acronym{GNU} extension, @samp{//} introduces a comment that 2613 continues until end of line. 2614 2615 @menu 2616 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue. 2617 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section. 2618 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section. 2619 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue. 2620 @end menu 2621 2622 @node Prologue 2623 @subsection The prologue 2624 @cindex declarations section 2625 @cindex Prologue 2626 @cindex declarations 2627 2628 The @var{Prologue} section contains macro definitions and declarations 2629 of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the grammar 2630 rules. These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so that 2631 they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}. You can use 2632 @samp{#include} to get the declarations from a header file. If you 2633 don't need any C declarations, you may omit the @samp{%@{} and 2634 @samp{%@}} delimiters that bracket this section. 2635 2636 The @var{Prologue} section is terminated by the the first occurrence 2637 of @samp{%@}} that is outside a comment, a string literal, or a 2638 character constant. 2639 2640 You may have more than one @var{Prologue} section, intermixed with the 2641 @var{Bison declarations}. This allows you to have C and Bison 2642 declarations that refer to each other. For example, the @code{%union} 2643 declaration may use types defined in a header file, and you may wish to 2644 prototype functions that take arguments of type @code{YYSTYPE}. This 2645 can be done with two @var{Prologue} blocks, one before and one after the 2646 @code{%union} declaration. 2647 2648 @smallexample 2649 %@{ 2650 #include <stdio.h> 2651 #include "ptypes.h" 2652 %@} 2653 2654 %union @{ 2655 long int n; 2656 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */ 2657 @} 2658 2659 %@{ 2660 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE); 2661 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L) 2662 %@} 2663 2664 @dots{} 2665 @end smallexample 2666 2667 @node Bison Declarations 2668 @subsection The Bison Declarations Section 2669 @cindex Bison declarations (introduction) 2670 @cindex declarations, Bison (introduction) 2671 2672 The @var{Bison declarations} section contains declarations that define 2673 terminal and nonterminal symbols, specify precedence, and so on. 2674 In some simple grammars you may not need any declarations. 2675 @xref{Declarations, ,Bison Declarations}. 2676 2677 @node Grammar Rules 2678 @subsection The Grammar Rules Section 2679 @cindex grammar rules section 2680 @cindex rules section for grammar 2681 2682 The @dfn{grammar rules} section contains one or more Bison grammar 2683 rules, and nothing else. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}. 2684 2685 There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first 2686 @samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even 2687 if it is the first thing in the file. 2688 2689 @node Epilogue 2690 @subsection The epilogue 2691 @cindex additional C code section 2692 @cindex epilogue 2693 @cindex C code, section for additional 2694 2695 The @var{Epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as 2696 the @var{Prologue} is copied to the beginning. This is the most convenient 2697 place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need 2698 not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the 2699 definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here. Because 2700 C requires functions to be declared before being used, you often need 2701 to declare functions like @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} in the Prologue, 2702 even if you define them in the Epilogue. 2703 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}. 2704 2705 If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it 2706 from the grammar rules. 2707 2708 The Bison parser itself contains many macros and identifiers whose names 2709 start with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}, so it is a good idea to avoid using 2710 any such names (except those documented in this manual) in the epilogue 2711 of the grammar file. 2712 2713 @node Symbols 2714 @section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal 2715 @cindex nonterminal symbol 2716 @cindex terminal symbol 2717 @cindex token type 2718 @cindex symbol 2719 2720 @dfn{Symbols} in Bison grammars represent the grammatical classifications 2721 of the language. 2722 2723 A @dfn{terminal symbol} (also known as a @dfn{token type}) represents a 2724 class of syntactically equivalent tokens. You use the symbol in grammar 2725 rules to mean that a token in that class is allowed. The symbol is 2726 represented in the Bison parser by a numeric code, and the @code{yylex} 2727 function returns a token type code to indicate what kind of token has 2728 been read. You don't need to know what the code value is; you can use 2729 the symbol to stand for it. 2730 2731 A @dfn{nonterminal symbol} stands for a class of syntactically 2732 equivalent groupings. The symbol name is used in writing grammar rules. 2733 By convention, it should be all lower case. 2734 2735 Symbol names can contain letters, digits (not at the beginning), 2736 underscores and periods. Periods make sense only in nonterminals. 2737 2738 There are three ways of writing terminal symbols in the grammar: 2739 2740 @itemize @bullet 2741 @item 2742 A @dfn{named token type} is written with an identifier, like an 2743 identifier in C@. By convention, it should be all upper case. Each 2744 such name must be defined with a Bison declaration such as 2745 @code{%token}. @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}. 2746 2747 @item 2748 @cindex character token 2749 @cindex literal token 2750 @cindex single-character literal 2751 A @dfn{character token type} (or @dfn{literal character token}) is 2752 written in the grammar using the same syntax used in C for character 2753 constants; for example, @code{'+'} is a character token type. A 2754 character token type doesn't need to be declared unless you need to 2755 specify its semantic value data type (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of 2756 Semantic Values}), associativity, or precedence (@pxref{Precedence, 2757 ,Operator Precedence}). 2758 2759 By convention, a character token type is used only to represent a 2760 token that consists of that particular character. Thus, the token 2761 type @code{'+'} is used to represent the character @samp{+} as a 2762 token. Nothing enforces this convention, but if you depart from it, 2763 your program will confuse other readers. 2764 2765 All the usual escape sequences used in character literals in C can be 2766 used in Bison as well, but you must not use the null character as a 2767 character literal because its numeric code, zero, signifies 2768 end-of-input (@pxref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention 2769 for @code{yylex}}). Also, unlike standard C, trigraphs have no 2770 special meaning in Bison character literals, nor is backslash-newline 2771 allowed. 2772 2773 @item 2774 @cindex string token 2775 @cindex literal string token 2776 @cindex multicharacter literal 2777 A @dfn{literal string token} is written like a C string constant; for 2778 example, @code{"<="} is a literal string token. A literal string token 2779 doesn't need to be declared unless you need to specify its semantic 2780 value data type (@pxref{Value Type}), associativity, or precedence 2781 (@pxref{Precedence}). 2782 2783 You can associate the literal string token with a symbolic name as an 2784 alias, using the @code{%token} declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token 2785 Declarations}). If you don't do that, the lexical analyzer has to 2786 retrieve the token number for the literal string token from the 2787 @code{yytname} table (@pxref{Calling Convention}). 2788 2789 @strong{Warning}: literal string tokens do not work in Yacc. 2790 2791 By convention, a literal string token is used only to represent a token 2792 that consists of that particular string. Thus, you should use the token 2793 type @code{"<="} to represent the string @samp{<=} as a token. Bison 2794 does not enforce this convention, but if you depart from it, people who 2795 read your program will be confused. 2796 2797 All the escape sequences used in string literals in C can be used in 2798 Bison as well, except that you must not use a null character within a 2799 string literal. Also, unlike Standard C, trigraphs have no special 2800 meaning in Bison string literals, nor is backslash-newline allowed. A 2801 literal string token must contain two or more characters; for a token 2802 containing just one character, use a character token (see above). 2803 @end itemize 2804 2805 How you choose to write a terminal symbol has no effect on its 2806 grammatical meaning. That depends only on where it appears in rules and 2807 on when the parser function returns that symbol. 2808 2809 The value returned by @code{yylex} is always one of the terminal 2810 symbols, except that a zero or negative value signifies end-of-input. 2811 Whichever way you write the token type in the grammar rules, you write 2812 it the same way in the definition of @code{yylex}. The numeric code 2813 for a character token type is simply the positive numeric code of the 2814 character, so @code{yylex} can use the identical value to generate the 2815 requisite code, though you may need to convert it to @code{unsigned 2816 char} to avoid sign-extension on hosts where @code{char} is signed. 2817 Each named token type becomes a C macro in 2818 the parser file, so @code{yylex} can use the name to stand for the code. 2819 (This is why periods don't make sense in terminal symbols.) 2820 @xref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention for @code{yylex}}. 2821 2822 If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate file, you need to arrange for the 2823 token-type macro definitions to be available there. Use the @samp{-d} 2824 option when you run Bison, so that it will write these macro definitions 2825 into a separate header file @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include 2826 in the other source files that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}. 2827 2828 If you want to write a grammar that is portable to any Standard C 2829 host, you must use only nonnull character tokens taken from the basic 2830 execution character set of Standard C@. This set consists of the ten 2831 digits, the 52 lower- and upper-case English letters, and the 2832 characters in the following C-language string: 2833 2834 @example 2835 "\a\b\t\n\v\f\r !\"#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_@{|@}~" 2836 @end example 2837 2838 The @code{yylex} function and Bison must use a consistent character set 2839 and encoding for character tokens. For example, if you run Bison in an 2840 @acronym{ASCII} environment, but then compile and run the resulting 2841 program in an environment that uses an incompatible character set like 2842 @acronym{EBCDIC}, the resulting program may not work because the tables 2843 generated by Bison will assume @acronym{ASCII} numeric values for 2844 character tokens. It is standard practice for software distributions to 2845 contain C source files that were generated by Bison in an 2846 @acronym{ASCII} environment, so installers on platforms that are 2847 incompatible with @acronym{ASCII} must rebuild those files before 2848 compiling them. 2849 2850 The symbol @code{error} is a terminal symbol reserved for error recovery 2851 (@pxref{Error Recovery}); you shouldn't use it for any other purpose. 2852 In particular, @code{yylex} should never return this value. The default 2853 value of the error token is 256, unless you explicitly assigned 256 to 2854 one of your tokens with a @code{%token} declaration. 2855 2856 @node Rules 2857 @section Syntax of Grammar Rules 2858 @cindex rule syntax 2859 @cindex grammar rule syntax 2860 @cindex syntax of grammar rules 2861 2862 A Bison grammar rule has the following general form: 2863 2864 @example 2865 @group 2866 @var{result}: @var{components}@dots{} 2867 ; 2868 @end group 2869 @end example 2870 2871 @noindent 2872 where @var{result} is the nonterminal symbol that this rule describes, 2873 and @var{components} are various terminal and nonterminal symbols that 2874 are put together by this rule (@pxref{Symbols}). 2875 2876 For example, 2877 2878 @example 2879 @group 2880 exp: exp '+' exp 2881 ; 2882 @end group 2883 @end example 2884 2885 @noindent 2886 says that two groupings of type @code{exp}, with a @samp{+} token in between, 2887 can be combined into a larger grouping of type @code{exp}. 2888 2889 White space in rules is significant only to separate symbols. You can add 2890 extra white space as you wish. 2891 2892 Scattered among the components can be @var{actions} that determine 2893 the semantics of the rule. An action looks like this: 2894 2895 @example 2896 @{@var{C statements}@} 2897 @end example 2898 2899 @noindent 2900 @cindex braced code 2901 This is an example of @dfn{braced code}, that is, C code surrounded by 2902 braces, much like a compound statement in C@. Braced code can contain 2903 any sequence of C tokens, so long as its braces are balanced. Bison 2904 does not check the braced code for correctness directly; it merely 2905 copies the code to the output file, where the C compiler can check it. 2906 2907 Within braced code, the balanced-brace count is not affected by braces 2908 within comments, string literals, or character constants, but it is 2909 affected by the C digraphs @samp{<%} and @samp{%>} that represent 2910 braces. At the top level braced code must be terminated by @samp{@}} 2911 and not by a digraph. Bison does not look for trigraphs, so if braced 2912 code uses trigraphs you should ensure that they do not affect the 2913 nesting of braces or the boundaries of comments, string literals, or 2914 character constants. 2915 2916 Usually there is only one action and it follows the components. 2917 @xref{Actions}. 2918 2919 @findex | 2920 Multiple rules for the same @var{result} can be written separately or can 2921 be joined with the vertical-bar character @samp{|} as follows: 2922 2923 @example 2924 @group 2925 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{} 2926 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{} 2927 @dots{} 2928 ; 2929 @end group 2930 @end example 2931 2932 @noindent 2933 They are still considered distinct rules even when joined in this way. 2934 2935 If @var{components} in a rule is empty, it means that @var{result} can 2936 match the empty string. For example, here is how to define a 2937 comma-separated sequence of zero or more @code{exp} groupings: 2938 2939 @example 2940 @group 2941 expseq: /* empty */ 2942 | expseq1 2943 ; 2944 @end group 2945 2946 @group 2947 expseq1: exp 2948 | expseq1 ',' exp 2949 ; 2950 @end group 2951 @end example 2952 2953 @noindent 2954 It is customary to write a comment @samp{/* empty */} in each rule 2955 with no components. 2956 2957 @node Recursion 2958 @section Recursive Rules 2959 @cindex recursive rule 2960 2961 A rule is called @dfn{recursive} when its @var{result} nonterminal 2962 appears also on its right hand side. Nearly all Bison grammars need to 2963 use recursion, because that is the only way to define a sequence of any 2964 number of a particular thing. Consider this recursive definition of a 2965 comma-separated sequence of one or more expressions: 2966 2967 @example 2968 @group 2969 expseq1: exp 2970 | expseq1 ',' exp 2971 ; 2972 @end group 2973 @end example 2974 2975 @cindex left recursion 2976 @cindex right recursion 2977 @noindent 2978 Since the recursive use of @code{expseq1} is the leftmost symbol in the 2979 right hand side, we call this @dfn{left recursion}. By contrast, here 2980 the same construct is defined using @dfn{right recursion}: 2981 2982 @example 2983 @group 2984 expseq1: exp 2985 | exp ',' expseq1 2986 ; 2987 @end group 2988 @end example 2989 2990 @noindent 2991 Any kind of sequence can be defined using either left recursion or right 2992 recursion, but you should always use left recursion, because it can 2993 parse a sequence of any number of elements with bounded stack space. 2994 Right recursion uses up space on the Bison stack in proportion to the 2995 number of elements in the sequence, because all the elements must be 2996 shifted onto the stack before the rule can be applied even once. 2997 @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}, for further explanation 2998 of this. 2999 3000 @cindex mutual recursion 3001 @dfn{Indirect} or @dfn{mutual} recursion occurs when the result of the 3002 rule does not appear directly on its right hand side, but does appear 3003 in rules for other nonterminals which do appear on its right hand 3004 side. 3005 3006 For example: 3007 3008 @example 3009 @group 3010 expr: primary 3011 | primary '+' primary 3012 ; 3013 @end group 3014 3015 @group 3016 primary: constant 3017 | '(' expr ')' 3018 ; 3019 @end group 3020 @end example 3021 3022 @noindent 3023 defines two mutually-recursive nonterminals, since each refers to the 3024 other. 3025 3026 @node Semantics 3027 @section Defining Language Semantics 3028 @cindex defining language semantics 3029 @cindex language semantics, defining 3030 3031 The grammar rules for a language determine only the syntax. The semantics 3032 are determined by the semantic values associated with various tokens and 3033 groupings, and by the actions taken when various groupings are recognized. 3034 3035 For example, the calculator calculates properly because the value 3036 associated with each expression is the proper number; it adds properly 3037 because the action for the grouping @w{@samp{@var{x} + @var{y}}} is to add 3038 the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}. 3039 3040 @menu 3041 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values. 3042 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types. 3043 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule. 3044 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on. 3045 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule. 3046 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional 3047 action in the middle of a rule. 3048 @end menu 3049 3050 @node Value Type 3051 @subsection Data Types of Semantic Values 3052 @cindex semantic value type 3053 @cindex value type, semantic 3054 @cindex data types of semantic values 3055 @cindex default data type 3056 3057 In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for 3058 the semantic values of all language constructs. This was true in the 3059 @acronym{RPN} and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish 3060 Notation Calculator}). 3061 3062 Bison's default is to use type @code{int} for all semantic values. To 3063 specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this: 3064 3065 @example 3066 #define YYSTYPE double 3067 @end example 3068 3069 @noindent 3070 @code{YYSTYPE}'s replacement list should be a type name 3071 that does not contain parentheses or square brackets. 3072 This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file 3073 (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}). 3074 3075 @node Multiple Types 3076 @subsection More Than One Value Type 3077 3078 In most programs, you will need different data types for different kinds 3079 of tokens and groupings. For example, a numeric constant may need type 3080 @code{int} or @code{long int}, while a string constant needs type 3081 @code{char *}, and an identifier might need a pointer to an entry in the 3082 symbol table. 3083 3084 To use more than one data type for semantic values in one parser, Bison 3085 requires you to do two things: 3086 3087 @itemize @bullet 3088 @item 3089 Specify the entire collection of possible data types, with the 3090 @code{%union} Bison declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of 3091 Value Types}). 3092 3093 @item 3094 Choose one of those types for each symbol (terminal or nonterminal) for 3095 which semantic values are used. This is done for tokens with the 3096 @code{%token} Bison declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}) 3097 and for groupings with the @code{%type} Bison declaration (@pxref{Type 3098 Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}). 3099 @end itemize 3100 3101 @node Actions 3102 @subsection Actions 3103 @cindex action 3104 @vindex $$ 3105 @vindex $@var{n} 3106 3107 An action accompanies a syntactic rule and contains C code to be executed 3108 each time an instance of that rule is recognized. The task of most actions 3109 is to compute a semantic value for the grouping built by the rule from the 3110 semantic values associated with tokens or smaller groupings. 3111 3112 An action consists of braced code containing C statements, and can be 3113 placed at any position in the rule; 3114 it is executed at that position. Most rules have just one action at the 3115 end of the rule, following all the components. Actions in the middle of 3116 a rule are tricky and used only for special purposes (@pxref{Mid-Rule 3117 Actions, ,Actions in Mid-Rule}). 3118 3119 The C code in an action can refer to the semantic values of the components 3120 matched by the rule with the construct @code{$@var{n}}, which stands for 3121 the value of the @var{n}th component. The semantic value for the grouping 3122 being constructed is @code{$$}. Bison translates both of these 3123 constructs into expressions of the appropriate type when it copies the 3124 actions into the parser file. @code{$$} is translated to a modifiable 3125 lvalue, so it can be assigned to. 3126 3127 Here is a typical example: 3128 3129 @example 3130 @group 3131 exp: @dots{} 3132 | exp '+' exp 3133 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @} 3134 @end group 3135 @end example 3136 3137 @noindent 3138 This rule constructs an @code{exp} from two smaller @code{exp} groupings 3139 connected by a plus-sign token. In the action, @code{$1} and @code{$3} 3140 refer to the semantic values of the two component @code{exp} groupings, 3141 which are the first and third symbols on the right hand side of the rule. 3142 The sum is stored into @code{$$} so that it becomes the semantic value of 3143 the addition-expression just recognized by the rule. If there were a 3144 useful semantic value associated with the @samp{+} token, it could be 3145 referred to as @code{$2}. 3146 3147 Note that the vertical-bar character @samp{|} is really a rule 3148 separator, and actions are attached to a single rule. This is a 3149 difference with tools like Flex, for which @samp{|} stands for either 3150 ``or'', or ``the same action as that of the next rule''. In the 3151 following example, the action is triggered only when @samp{b} is found: 3152 3153 @example 3154 @group 3155 a-or-b: 'a'|'b' @{ a_or_b_found = 1; @}; 3156 @end group 3157 @end example 3158 3159 @cindex default action 3160 If you don't specify an action for a rule, Bison supplies a default: 3161 @w{@code{$$ = $1}.} Thus, the value of the first symbol in the rule 3162 becomes the value of the whole rule. Of course, the default action is 3163 valid only if the two data types match. There is no meaningful default 3164 action for an empty rule; every empty rule must have an explicit action 3165 unless the rule's value does not matter. 3166 3167 @code{$@var{n}} with @var{n} zero or negative is allowed for reference 3168 to tokens and groupings on the stack @emph{before} those that match the 3169 current rule. This is a very risky practice, and to use it reliably 3170 you must be certain of the context in which the rule is applied. Here 3171 is a case in which you can use this reliably: 3172 3173 @example 3174 @group 3175 foo: expr bar '+' expr @{ @dots{} @} 3176 | expr bar '-' expr @{ @dots{} @} 3177 ; 3178 @end group 3179 3180 @group 3181 bar: /* empty */ 3182 @{ previous_expr = $0; @} 3183 ; 3184 @end group 3185 @end example 3186 3187 As long as @code{bar} is used only in the fashion shown here, @code{$0} 3188 always refers to the @code{expr} which precedes @code{bar} in the 3189 definition of @code{foo}. 3190 3191 @vindex yylval 3192 It is also possible to access the semantic value of the look-ahead token, if 3193 any, from a semantic action. 3194 This semantic value is stored in @code{yylval}. 3195 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}. 3196 3197 @node Action Types 3198 @subsection Data Types of Values in Actions 3199 @cindex action data types 3200 @cindex data types in actions 3201 3202 If you have chosen a single data type for semantic values, the @code{$$} 3203 and @code{$@var{n}} constructs always have that data type. 3204 3205 If you have used @code{%union} to specify a variety of data types, then you 3206 must declare a choice among these types for each terminal or nonterminal 3207 symbol that can have a semantic value. Then each time you use @code{$$} or 3208 @code{$@var{n}}, its data type is determined by which symbol it refers to 3209 in the rule. In this example, 3210 3211 @example 3212 @group 3213 exp: @dots{} 3214 | exp '+' exp 3215 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @} 3216 @end group 3217 @end example 3218 3219 @noindent 3220 @code{$1} and @code{$3} refer to instances of @code{exp}, so they all 3221 have the data type declared for the nonterminal symbol @code{exp}. If 3222 @code{$2} were used, it would have the data type declared for the 3223 terminal symbol @code{'+'}, whatever that might be. 3224 3225 Alternatively, you can specify the data type when you refer to the value, 3226 by inserting @samp{<@var{type}>} after the @samp{$} at the beginning of the 3227 reference. For example, if you have defined types as shown here: 3228 3229 @example 3230 @group 3231 %union @{ 3232 int itype; 3233 double dtype; 3234 @} 3235 @end group 3236 @end example 3237 3238 @noindent 3239 then you can write @code{$<itype>1} to refer to the first subunit of the 3240 rule as an integer, or @code{$<dtype>1} to refer to it as a double. 3241 3242 @node Mid-Rule Actions 3243 @subsection Actions in Mid-Rule 3244 @cindex actions in mid-rule 3245 @cindex mid-rule actions 3246 3247 Occasionally it is useful to put an action in the middle of a rule. 3248 These actions are written just like usual end-of-rule actions, but they 3249 are executed before the parser even recognizes the following components. 3250 3251 A mid-rule action may refer to the components preceding it using 3252 @code{$@var{n}}, but it may not refer to subsequent components because 3253 it is run before they are parsed. 3254 3255 The mid-rule action itself counts as one of the components of the rule. 3256 This makes a difference when there is another action later in the same rule 3257 (and usually there is another at the end): you have to count the actions 3258 along with the symbols when working out which number @var{n} to use in 3259 @code{$@var{n}}. 3260 3261 The mid-rule action can also have a semantic value. The action can set 3262 its value with an assignment to @code{$$}, and actions later in the rule 3263 can refer to the value using @code{$@var{n}}. Since there is no symbol 3264 to name the action, there is no way to declare a data type for the value 3265 in advance, so you must use the @samp{$<@dots{}>@var{n}} construct to 3266 specify a data type each time you refer to this value. 3267 3268 There is no way to set the value of the entire rule with a mid-rule 3269 action, because assignments to @code{$$} do not have that effect. The 3270 only way to set the value for the entire rule is with an ordinary action 3271 at the end of the rule. 3272 3273 Here is an example from a hypothetical compiler, handling a @code{let} 3274 statement that looks like @samp{let (@var{variable}) @var{statement}} and 3275 serves to create a variable named @var{variable} temporarily for the 3276 duration of @var{statement}. To parse this construct, we must put 3277 @var{variable} into the symbol table while @var{statement} is parsed, then 3278 remove it afterward. Here is how it is done: 3279 3280 @example 3281 @group 3282 stmt: LET '(' var ')' 3283 @{ $<context>$ = push_context (); 3284 declare_variable ($3); @} 3285 stmt @{ $$ = $6; 3286 pop_context ($<context>5); @} 3287 @end group 3288 @end example 3289 3290 @noindent 3291 As soon as @samp{let (@var{variable})} has been recognized, the first 3292 action is run. It saves a copy of the current semantic context (the 3293 list of accessible variables) as its semantic value, using alternative 3294 @code{context} in the data-type union. Then it calls 3295 @code{declare_variable} to add the new variable to that list. Once the 3296 first action is finished, the embedded statement @code{stmt} can be 3297 parsed. Note that the mid-rule action is component number 5, so the 3298 @samp{stmt} is component number 6. 3299 3300 After the embedded statement is parsed, its semantic value becomes the 3301 value of the entire @code{let}-statement. Then the semantic value from the 3302 earlier action is used to restore the prior list of variables. This 3303 removes the temporary @code{let}-variable from the list so that it won't 3304 appear to exist while the rest of the program is parsed. 3305 3306 @findex %destructor 3307 @cindex discarded symbols, mid-rule actions 3308 @cindex error recovery, mid-rule actions 3309 In the above example, if the parser initiates error recovery (@pxref{Error 3310 Recovery}) while parsing the tokens in the embedded statement @code{stmt}, 3311 it might discard the previous semantic context @code{$<context>5} without 3312 restoring it. 3313 Thus, @code{$<context>5} needs a destructor (@pxref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing 3314 Discarded Symbols}). 3315 However, Bison currently provides no means to declare a destructor for a 3316 mid-rule action's semantic value. 3317 3318 One solution is to bury the mid-rule action inside a nonterminal symbol and to 3319 declare a destructor for that symbol: 3320 3321 @example 3322 @group 3323 %type <context> let 3324 %destructor @{ pop_context ($$); @} let 3325 3326 %% 3327 3328 stmt: let stmt 3329 @{ $$ = $2; 3330 pop_context ($1); @} 3331 ; 3332 3333 let: LET '(' var ')' 3334 @{ $$ = push_context (); 3335 declare_variable ($3); @} 3336 ; 3337 3338 @end group 3339 @end example 3340 3341 @noindent 3342 Note that the action is now at the end of its rule. 3343 Any mid-rule action can be converted to an end-of-rule action in this way, and 3344 this is what Bison actually does to implement mid-rule actions. 3345 3346 Taking action before a rule is completely recognized often leads to 3347 conflicts since the parser must commit to a parse in order to execute the 3348 action. For example, the following two rules, without mid-rule actions, 3349 can coexist in a working parser because the parser can shift the open-brace 3350 token and look at what follows before deciding whether there is a 3351 declaration or not: 3352 3353 @example 3354 @group 3355 compound: '@{' declarations statements '@}' 3356 | '@{' statements '@}' 3357 ; 3358 @end group 3359 @end example 3360 3361 @noindent 3362 But when we add a mid-rule action as follows, the rules become nonfunctional: 3363 3364 @example 3365 @group 3366 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @} 3367 '@{' declarations statements '@}' 3368 @end group 3369 @group 3370 | '@{' statements '@}' 3371 ; 3372 @end group 3373 @end example 3374 3375 @noindent 3376 Now the parser is forced to decide whether to run the mid-rule action 3377 when it has read no farther than the open-brace. In other words, it 3378 must commit to using one rule or the other, without sufficient 3379 information to do it correctly. (The open-brace token is what is called 3380 the @dfn{look-ahead} token at this time, since the parser is still 3381 deciding what to do about it. @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.) 3382 3383 You might think that you could correct the problem by putting identical 3384 actions into the two rules, like this: 3385 3386 @example 3387 @group 3388 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @} 3389 '@{' declarations statements '@}' 3390 | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @} 3391 '@{' statements '@}' 3392 ; 3393 @end group 3394 @end example 3395 3396 @noindent 3397 But this does not help, because Bison does not realize that the two actions 3398 are identical. (Bison never tries to understand the C code in an action.) 3399 3400 If the grammar is such that a declaration can be distinguished from a 3401 statement by the first token (which is true in C), then one solution which 3402 does work is to put the action after the open-brace, like this: 3403 3404 @example 3405 @group 3406 compound: '@{' @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @} 3407 declarations statements '@}' 3408 | '@{' statements '@}' 3409 ; 3410 @end group 3411 @end example 3412 3413 @noindent 3414 Now the first token of the following declaration or statement, 3415 which would in any case tell Bison which rule to use, can still do so. 3416 3417 Another solution is to bury the action inside a nonterminal symbol which 3418 serves as a subroutine: 3419 3420 @example 3421 @group 3422 subroutine: /* empty */ 3423 @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @} 3424 ; 3425 3426 @end group 3427 3428 @group 3429 compound: subroutine 3430 '@{' declarations statements '@}' 3431 | subroutine 3432 '@{' statements '@}' 3433 ; 3434 @end group 3435 @end example 3436 3437 @noindent 3438 Now Bison can execute the action in the rule for @code{subroutine} without 3439 deciding which rule for @code{compound} it will eventually use. 3440 3441 @node Locations 3442 @section Tracking Locations 3443 @cindex location 3444 @cindex textual location 3445 @cindex location, textual 3446 3447 Though grammar rules and semantic actions are enough to write a fully 3448 functional parser, it can be useful to process some additional information, 3449 especially symbol locations. 3450 3451 The way locations are handled is defined by providing a data type, and 3452 actions to take when rules are matched. 3453 3454 @menu 3455 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations. 3456 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions. 3457 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations. 3458 @end menu 3459 3460 @node Location Type 3461 @subsection Data Type of Locations 3462 @cindex data type of locations 3463 @cindex default location type 3464 3465 Defining a data type for locations is much simpler than for semantic values, 3466 since all tokens and groupings always use the same type. 3467 3468 You can specify the type of locations by defining a macro called 3469 @code{YYLTYPE}, just as you can specify the semantic value type by 3470 defining @code{YYSTYPE} (@pxref{Value Type}). 3471 When @code{YYLTYPE} is not defined, Bison uses a default structure type with 3472 four members: 3473 3474 @example 3475 typedef struct YYLTYPE 3476 @{ 3477 int first_line; 3478 int first_column; 3479 int last_line; 3480 int last_column; 3481 @} YYLTYPE; 3482 @end example 3483 3484 @node Actions and Locations 3485 @subsection Actions and Locations 3486 @cindex location actions 3487 @cindex actions, location 3488 @vindex @@$ 3489 @vindex @@@var{n} 3490 3491 Actions are not only useful for defining language semantics, but also for 3492 describing the behavior of the output parser with locations. 3493 3494 The most obvious way for building locations of syntactic groupings is very 3495 similar to the way semantic values are computed. In a given rule, several 3496 constructs can be used to access the locations of the elements being matched. 3497 The location of the @var{n}th component of the right hand side is 3498 @code{@@@var{n}}, while the location of the left hand side grouping is 3499 @code{@@$}. 3500 3501 Here is a basic example using the default data type for locations: 3502 3503 @example 3504 @group 3505 exp: @dots{} 3506 | exp '/' exp 3507 @{ 3508 @@$.first_column = @@1.first_column; 3509 @@$.first_line = @@1.first_line; 3510 @@$.last_column = @@3.last_column; 3511 @@$.last_line = @@3.last_line; 3512 if ($3) 3513 $$ = $1 / $3; 3514 else 3515 @{ 3516 $$ = 1; 3517 fprintf (stderr, 3518 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d", 3519 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column, 3520 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column); 3521 @} 3522 @} 3523 @end group 3524 @end example 3525 3526 As for semantic values, there is a default action for locations that is 3527 run each time a rule is matched. It sets the beginning of @code{@@$} to the 3528 beginning of the first symbol, and the end of @code{@@$} to the end of the 3529 last symbol. 3530 3531 With this default action, the location tracking can be fully automatic. The 3532 example above simply rewrites this way: 3533 3534 @example 3535 @group 3536 exp: @dots{} 3537 | exp '/' exp 3538 @{ 3539 if ($3) 3540 $$ = $1 / $3; 3541 else 3542 @{ 3543 $$ = 1; 3544 fprintf (stderr, 3545 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d", 3546 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column, 3547 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column); 3548 @} 3549 @} 3550 @end group 3551 @end example 3552 3553 @vindex yylloc 3554 It is also possible to access the location of the look-ahead token, if any, 3555 from a semantic action. 3556 This location is stored in @code{yylloc}. 3557 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}. 3558 3559 @node Location Default Action 3560 @subsection Default Action for Locations 3561 @vindex YYLLOC_DEFAULT 3562 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} 3563 3564 Actually, actions are not the best place to compute locations. Since 3565 locations are much more general than semantic values, there is room in 3566 the output parser to redefine the default action to take for each 3567 rule. The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro is invoked each time a rule is 3568 matched, before the associated action is run. It is also invoked 3569 while processing a syntax error, to compute the error's location. 3570 Before reporting an unresolvable syntactic ambiguity, a @acronym{GLR} 3571 parser invokes @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} recursively to compute the location 3572 of that ambiguity. 3573 3574 Most of the time, this macro is general enough to suppress location 3575 dedicated code from semantic actions. 3576 3577 The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro takes three parameters. The first one is 3578 the location of the grouping (the result of the computation). When a 3579 rule is matched, the second parameter identifies locations of 3580 all right hand side elements of the rule being matched, and the third 3581 parameter is the size of the rule's right hand side. 3582 When a @acronym{GLR} parser reports an ambiguity, which of multiple candidate 3583 right hand sides it passes to @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is undefined. 3584 When processing a syntax error, the second parameter identifies locations 3585 of the symbols that were discarded during error processing, and the third 3586 parameter is the number of discarded symbols. 3587 3588 By default, @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is defined this way: 3589 3590 @smallexample 3591 @group 3592 # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \ 3593 do \ 3594 if (N) \ 3595 @{ \ 3596 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line; \ 3597 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column; \ 3598 (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line; \ 3599 (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column; \ 3600 @} \ 3601 else \ 3602 @{ \ 3603 (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \ 3604 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line; \ 3605 (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \ 3606 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column; \ 3607 @} \ 3608 while (0) 3609 @end group 3610 @end smallexample 3611 3612 where @code{YYRHSLOC (rhs, k)} is the location of the @var{k}th symbol 3613 in @var{rhs} when @var{k} is positive, and the location of the symbol 3614 just before the reduction when @var{k} and @var{n} are both zero. 3615 3616 When defining @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}, you should consider that: 3617 3618 @itemize @bullet 3619 @item 3620 All arguments are free of side-effects. However, only the first one (the 3621 result) should be modified by @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}. 3622 3623 @item 3624 For consistency with semantic actions, valid indexes within the 3625 right hand side range from 1 to @var{n}. When @var{n} is zero, only 0 is a 3626 valid index, and it refers to the symbol just before the reduction. 3627 During error processing @var{n} is always positive. 3628 3629 @item 3630 Your macro should parenthesize its arguments, if need be, since the 3631 actual arguments may not be surrounded by parentheses. Also, your 3632 macro should expand to something that can be used as a single 3633 statement when it is followed by a semicolon. 3634 @end itemize 3635 3636 @node Declarations 3637 @section Bison Declarations 3638 @cindex declarations, Bison 3639 @cindex Bison declarations 3640 3641 The @dfn{Bison declarations} section of a Bison grammar defines the symbols 3642 used in formulating the grammar and the data types of semantic values. 3643 @xref{Symbols}. 3644 3645 All token type names (but not single-character literal tokens such as 3646 @code{'+'} and @code{'*'}) must be declared. Nonterminal symbols must be 3647 declared if you need to specify which data type to use for the semantic 3648 value (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}). 3649 3650 The first rule in the file also specifies the start symbol, by default. 3651 If you want some other symbol to be the start symbol, you must declare 3652 it explicitly (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free 3653 Grammars}). 3654 3655 @menu 3656 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version. 3657 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols. 3658 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity. 3659 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types. 3660 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol. 3661 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts. 3662 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed. 3663 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts. 3664 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol. 3665 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser. 3666 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations. 3667 @end menu 3668 3669 @node Require Decl 3670 @subsection Require a Version of Bison 3671 @cindex version requirement 3672 @cindex requiring a version of Bison 3673 @findex %require 3674 3675 You may require the minimum version of Bison to process the grammar. If 3676 the requirement is not met, @command{bison} exits with an error (exit 3677 status 63). 3678 3679 @example 3680 %require "@var{version}" 3681 @end example 3682 3683 @node Token Decl 3684 @subsection Token Type Names 3685 @cindex declaring token type names 3686 @cindex token type names, declaring 3687 @cindex declaring literal string tokens 3688 @findex %token 3689 3690 The basic way to declare a token type name (terminal symbol) is as follows: 3691 3692 @example 3693 %token @var{name} 3694 @end example 3695 3696 Bison will convert this into a @code{#define} directive in 3697 the parser, so that the function @code{yylex} (if it is in this file) 3698 can use the name @var{name} to stand for this token type's code. 3699 3700 Alternatively, you can use @code{%left}, @code{%right}, or 3701 @code{%nonassoc} instead of @code{%token}, if you wish to specify 3702 associativity and precedence. @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator 3703 Precedence}. 3704 3705 You can explicitly specify the numeric code for a token type by appending 3706 a decimal or hexadecimal integer value in the field immediately 3707 following the token name: 3708 3709 @example 3710 %token NUM 300 3711 %token XNUM 0x12d // a GNU extension 3712 @end example 3713 3714 @noindent 3715 It is generally best, however, to let Bison choose the numeric codes for 3716 all token types. Bison will automatically select codes that don't conflict 3717 with each other or with normal characters. 3718 3719 In the event that the stack type is a union, you must augment the 3720 @code{%token} or other token declaration to include the data type 3721 alternative delimited by angle-brackets (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More 3722 Than One Value Type}). 3723 3724 For example: 3725 3726 @example 3727 @group 3728 %union @{ /* define stack type */ 3729 double val; 3730 symrec *tptr; 3731 @} 3732 %token <val> NUM /* define token NUM and its type */ 3733 @end group 3734 @end example 3735 3736 You can associate a literal string token with a token type name by 3737 writing the literal string at the end of a @code{%token} 3738 declaration which declares the name. For example: 3739 3740 @example 3741 %token arrow "=>" 3742 @end example 3743 3744 @noindent 3745 For example, a grammar for the C language might specify these names with 3746 equivalent literal string tokens: 3747 3748 @example 3749 %token <operator> OR "||" 3750 %token <operator> LE 134 "<=" 3751 %left OR "<=" 3752 @end example 3753 3754 @noindent 3755 Once you equate the literal string and the token name, you can use them 3756 interchangeably in further declarations or the grammar rules. The 3757 @code{yylex} function can use the token name or the literal string to 3758 obtain the token type code number (@pxref{Calling Convention}). 3759 3760 @node Precedence Decl 3761 @subsection Operator Precedence 3762 @cindex precedence declarations 3763 @cindex declaring operator precedence 3764 @cindex operator precedence, declaring 3765 3766 Use the @code{%left}, @code{%right} or @code{%nonassoc} declaration to 3767 declare a token and specify its precedence and associativity, all at 3768 once. These are called @dfn{precedence declarations}. 3769 @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}, for general information on 3770 operator precedence. 3771 3772 The syntax of a precedence declaration is the same as that of 3773 @code{%token}: either 3774 3775 @example 3776 %left @var{symbols}@dots{} 3777 @end example 3778 3779 @noindent 3780 or 3781 3782 @example 3783 %left <@var{type}> @var{symbols}@dots{} 3784 @end example 3785 3786 And indeed any of these declarations serves the purposes of @code{%token}. 3787 But in addition, they specify the associativity and relative precedence for 3788 all the @var{symbols}: 3789 3790 @itemize @bullet 3791 @item 3792 The associativity of an operator @var{op} determines how repeated uses 3793 of the operator nest: whether @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} 3794 @var{z}} is parsed by grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first or by 3795 grouping @var{y} with @var{z} first. @code{%left} specifies 3796 left-associativity (grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first) and 3797 @code{%right} specifies right-associativity (grouping @var{y} with 3798 @var{z} first). @code{%nonassoc} specifies no associativity, which 3799 means that @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} @var{z}} is 3800 considered a syntax error. 3801 3802 @item 3803 The precedence of an operator determines how it nests with other operators. 3804 All the tokens declared in a single precedence declaration have equal 3805 precedence and nest together according to their associativity. 3806 When two tokens declared in different precedence declarations associate, 3807 the one declared later has the higher precedence and is grouped first. 3808 @end itemize 3809 3810 @node Union Decl 3811 @subsection The Collection of Value Types 3812 @cindex declaring value types 3813 @cindex value types, declaring 3814 @findex %union 3815 3816 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire collection of 3817 possible data types for semantic values. The keyword @code{%union} is 3818 followed by braced code containing the same thing that goes inside a 3819 @code{union} in C@. 3820 3821 For example: 3822 3823 @example 3824 @group 3825 %union @{ 3826 double val; 3827 symrec *tptr; 3828 @} 3829 @end group 3830 @end example 3831 3832 @noindent 3833 This says that the two alternative types are @code{double} and @code{symrec 3834 *}. They are given names @code{val} and @code{tptr}; these names are used 3835 in the @code{%token} and @code{%type} declarations to pick one of the types 3836 for a terminal or nonterminal symbol (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}). 3837 3838 As an extension to @acronym{POSIX}, a tag is allowed after the 3839 @code{union}. For example: 3840 3841 @example 3842 @group 3843 %union value @{ 3844 double val; 3845 symrec *tptr; 3846 @} 3847 @end group 3848 @end example 3849 3850 @noindent 3851 specifies the union tag @code{value}, so the corresponding C type is 3852 @code{union value}. If you do not specify a tag, it defaults to 3853 @code{YYSTYPE}. 3854 3855 As another extension to @acronym{POSIX}, you may specify multiple 3856 @code{%union} declarations; their contents are concatenated. However, 3857 only the first @code{%union} declaration can specify a tag. 3858 3859 Note that, unlike making a @code{union} declaration in C, you need not write 3860 a semicolon after the closing brace. 3861 3862 @node Type Decl 3863 @subsection Nonterminal Symbols 3864 @cindex declaring value types, nonterminals 3865 @cindex value types, nonterminals, declaring 3866 @findex %type 3867 3868 @noindent 3869 When you use @code{%union} to specify multiple value types, you must 3870 declare the value type of each nonterminal symbol for which values are 3871 used. This is done with a @code{%type} declaration, like this: 3872 3873 @example 3874 %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal}@dots{} 3875 @end example 3876 3877 @noindent 3878 Here @var{nonterminal} is the name of a nonterminal symbol, and 3879 @var{type} is the name given in the @code{%union} to the alternative 3880 that you want (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). You 3881 can give any number of nonterminal symbols in the same @code{%type} 3882 declaration, if they have the same value type. Use spaces to separate 3883 the symbol names. 3884 3885 You can also declare the value type of a terminal symbol. To do this, 3886 use the same @code{<@var{type}>} construction in a declaration for the 3887 terminal symbol. All kinds of token declarations allow 3888 @code{<@var{type}>}. 3889 3890 @node Initial Action Decl 3891 @subsection Performing Actions before Parsing 3892 @findex %initial-action 3893 3894 Sometimes your parser needs to perform some initializations before 3895 parsing. The @code{%initial-action} directive allows for such arbitrary 3896 code. 3897 3898 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action @{ @var{code} @} 3899 @findex %initial-action 3900 Declare that the braced @var{code} must be invoked before parsing each time 3901 @code{yyparse} is called. The @var{code} may use @code{$$} and 3902 @code{@@$} --- initial value and location of the look-ahead --- and the 3903 @code{%parse-param}. 3904 @end deffn 3905 3906 For instance, if your locations use a file name, you may use 3907 3908 @example 3909 %parse-param @{ char const *file_name @}; 3910 %initial-action 3911 @{ 3912 @@$.initialize (file_name); 3913 @}; 3914 @end example 3915 3916 3917 @node Destructor Decl 3918 @subsection Freeing Discarded Symbols 3919 @cindex freeing discarded symbols 3920 @findex %destructor 3921 3922 During error recovery (@pxref{Error Recovery}), symbols already pushed 3923 on the stack and tokens coming from the rest of the file are discarded 3924 until the parser falls on its feet. If the parser runs out of memory, 3925 or if it returns via @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, all the 3926 symbols on the stack must be discarded. Even if the parser succeeds, it 3927 must discard the start symbol. 3928 3929 When discarded symbols convey heap based information, this memory is 3930 lost. While this behavior can be tolerable for batch parsers, such as 3931 in traditional compilers, it is unacceptable for programs like shells or 3932 protocol implementations that may parse and execute indefinitely. 3933 3934 The @code{%destructor} directive defines code that is called when a 3935 symbol is automatically discarded. 3936 3937 @deffn {Directive} %destructor @{ @var{code} @} @var{symbols} 3938 @findex %destructor 3939 Invoke the braced @var{code} whenever the parser discards one of the 3940 @var{symbols}. 3941 Within @var{code}, @code{$$} designates the semantic value associated 3942 with the discarded symbol. The additional parser parameters are also 3943 available (@pxref{Parser Function, , The Parser Function 3944 @code{yyparse}}). 3945 @end deffn 3946 3947 For instance: 3948 3949 @smallexample 3950 %union 3951 @{ 3952 char *string; 3953 @} 3954 %token <string> STRING 3955 %type <string> string 3956 %destructor @{ free ($$); @} STRING string 3957 @end smallexample 3958 3959 @noindent 3960 guarantees that when a @code{STRING} or a @code{string} is discarded, 3961 its associated memory will be freed. 3962 3963 @sp 1 3964 3965 @cindex discarded symbols 3966 @dfn{Discarded symbols} are the following: 3967 3968 @itemize 3969 @item 3970 stacked symbols popped during the first phase of error recovery, 3971 @item 3972 incoming terminals during the second phase of error recovery, 3973 @item 3974 the current look-ahead and the entire stack (except the current 3975 right-hand side symbols) when the parser returns immediately, and 3976 @item 3977 the start symbol, when the parser succeeds. 3978 @end itemize 3979 3980 The parser can @dfn{return immediately} because of an explicit call to 3981 @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, or failed error recovery, or memory 3982 exhaustion. 3983 3984 Right-hand size symbols of a rule that explicitly triggers a syntax 3985 error via @code{YYERROR} are not discarded automatically. As a rule 3986 of thumb, destructors are invoked only when user actions cannot manage 3987 the memory. 3988 3989 @node Expect Decl 3990 @subsection Suppressing Conflict Warnings 3991 @cindex suppressing conflict warnings 3992 @cindex preventing warnings about conflicts 3993 @cindex warnings, preventing 3994 @cindex conflicts, suppressing warnings of 3995 @findex %expect 3996 @findex %expect-rr 3997 3998 Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar 3999 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars 4000 have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable 4001 way and would be difficult to eliminate. It is desirable to suppress 4002 the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts 4003 changes. You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration. 4004 4005 The declaration looks like this: 4006 4007 @example 4008 %expect @var{n} 4009 @end example 4010 4011 Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should 4012 be @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no reduce/reduce conflicts. 4013 Bison reports an error if the number of shift/reduce conflicts differs 4014 from @var{n}, or if there are any reduce/reduce conflicts. 4015 4016 For normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers, reduce/reduce conflicts are more 4017 serious, and should be eliminated entirely. Bison will always report 4018 reduce/reduce conflicts for these parsers. With @acronym{GLR} 4019 parsers, however, both kinds of conflicts are routine; otherwise, 4020 there would be no need to use @acronym{GLR} parsing. Therefore, it is 4021 also possible to specify an expected number of reduce/reduce conflicts 4022 in @acronym{GLR} parsers, using the declaration: 4023 4024 @example 4025 %expect-rr @var{n} 4026 @end example 4027 4028 In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps: 4029 4030 @itemize @bullet 4031 @item 4032 Compile your grammar without @code{%expect}. Use the @samp{-v} option 4033 to get a verbose list of where the conflicts occur. Bison will also 4034 print the number of conflicts. 4035 4036 @item 4037 Check each of the conflicts to make sure that Bison's default 4038 resolution is what you really want. If not, rewrite the grammar and 4039 go back to the beginning. 4040 4041 @item 4042 Add an @code{%expect} declaration, copying the number @var{n} from the 4043 number which Bison printed. With @acronym{GLR} parsers, add an 4044 @code{%expect-rr} declaration as well. 4045 @end itemize 4046 4047 Now Bison will warn you if you introduce an unexpected conflict, but 4048 will keep silent otherwise. 4049 4050 @node Start Decl 4051 @subsection The Start-Symbol 4052 @cindex declaring the start symbol 4053 @cindex start symbol, declaring 4054 @cindex default start symbol 4055 @findex %start 4056 4057 Bison assumes by default that the start symbol for the grammar is the first 4058 nonterminal specified in the grammar specification section. The programmer 4059 may override this restriction with the @code{%start} declaration as follows: 4060 4061 @example 4062 %start @var{symbol} 4063 @end example 4064 4065 @node Pure Decl 4066 @subsection A Pure (Reentrant) Parser 4067 @cindex reentrant parser 4068 @cindex pure parser 4069 @findex %pure-parser 4070 4071 A @dfn{reentrant} program is one which does not alter in the course of 4072 execution; in other words, it consists entirely of @dfn{pure} (read-only) 4073 code. Reentrancy is important whenever asynchronous execution is possible; 4074 for example, a nonreentrant program may not be safe to call from a signal 4075 handler. In systems with multiple threads of control, a nonreentrant 4076 program must be called only within interlocks. 4077 4078 Normally, Bison generates a parser which is not reentrant. This is 4079 suitable for most uses, and it permits compatibility with Yacc. (The 4080 standard Yacc interfaces are inherently nonreentrant, because they use 4081 statically allocated variables for communication with @code{yylex}, 4082 including @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.) 4083 4084 Alternatively, you can generate a pure, reentrant parser. The Bison 4085 declaration @code{%pure-parser} says that you want the parser to be 4086 reentrant. It looks like this: 4087 4088 @example 4089 %pure-parser 4090 @end example 4091 4092 The result is that the communication variables @code{yylval} and 4093 @code{yylloc} become local variables in @code{yyparse}, and a different 4094 calling convention is used for the lexical analyzer function 4095 @code{yylex}. @xref{Pure Calling, ,Calling Conventions for Pure 4096 Parsers}, for the details of this. The variable @code{yynerrs} also 4097 becomes local in @code{yyparse} (@pxref{Error Reporting, ,The Error 4098 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}). The convention for calling 4099 @code{yyparse} itself is unchanged. 4100 4101 Whether the parser is pure has nothing to do with the grammar rules. 4102 You can generate either a pure parser or a nonreentrant parser from any 4103 valid grammar. 4104 4105 @node Decl Summary 4106 @subsection Bison Declaration Summary 4107 @cindex Bison declaration summary 4108 @cindex declaration summary 4109 @cindex summary, Bison declaration 4110 4111 Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar: 4112 4113 @deffn {Directive} %union 4114 Declare the collection of data types that semantic values may have 4115 (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). 4116 @end deffn 4117 4118 @deffn {Directive} %token 4119 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) with no precedence 4120 or associativity specified (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}). 4121 @end deffn 4122 4123 @deffn {Directive} %right 4124 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is right-associative 4125 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}). 4126 @end deffn 4127 4128 @deffn {Directive} %left 4129 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is left-associative 4130 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}). 4131 @end deffn 4132 4133 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc 4134 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is nonassociative 4135 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}). 4136 Using it in a way that would be associative is a syntax error. 4137 @end deffn 4138 4139 @ifset defaultprec 4140 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec 4141 Assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec} modifier 4142 (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}). 4143 @end deffn 4144 @end ifset 4145 4146 @deffn {Directive} %type 4147 Declare the type of semantic values for a nonterminal symbol 4148 (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}). 4149 @end deffn 4150 4151 @deffn {Directive} %start 4152 Specify the grammar's start symbol (@pxref{Start Decl, ,The 4153 Start-Symbol}). 4154 @end deffn 4155 4156 @deffn {Directive} %expect 4157 Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts 4158 (@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}). 4159 @end deffn 4160 4161 4162 @sp 1 4163 @noindent 4164 In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following 4165 directives: 4166 4167 @deffn {Directive} %debug 4168 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not 4169 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled. 4170 @end deffn 4171 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}. 4172 4173 @deffn {Directive} %defines 4174 Write a header file containing macro definitions for the token type 4175 names defined in the grammar as well as a few other declarations. 4176 If the parser output file is named @file{@var{name}.c} then this file 4177 is named @file{@var{name}.h}. 4178 4179 Unless @code{YYSTYPE} is already defined as a macro, the output header 4180 declares @code{YYSTYPE}. Therefore, if you are using a @code{%union} 4181 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}) with components that 4182 require other definitions, or if you have defined a @code{YYSTYPE} macro 4183 (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}), you need to 4184 arrange for these definitions to be propagated to all modules, e.g., by 4185 putting them in a prerequisite header that is included both by your 4186 parser and by any other module that needs @code{YYSTYPE}. 4187 4188 Unless your parser is pure, the output header declares @code{yylval} 4189 as an external variable. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) 4190 Parser}. 4191 4192 If you have also used locations, the output header declares 4193 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yylloc} using a protocol similar to that of 4194 @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{yylval}. @xref{Locations, ,Tracking 4195 Locations}. 4196 4197 This output file is normally essential if you wish to put the definition 4198 of @code{yylex} in a separate source file, because @code{yylex} 4199 typically needs to be able to refer to the above-mentioned declarations 4200 and to the token type codes. @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of 4201 Tokens}. 4202 @end deffn 4203 4204 @deffn {Directive} %destructor 4205 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to 4206 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}. 4207 @end deffn 4208 4209 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}" 4210 Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are 4211 chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}. 4212 @end deffn 4213 4214 @deffn {Directive} %locations 4215 Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features, 4216 ,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as 4217 the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your 4218 grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more 4219 accurate syntax error messages. 4220 @end deffn 4221 4222 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}" 4223 Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with 4224 @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed 4225 in C parsers 4226 is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, 4227 @code{yylval}, @code{yychar}, @code{yydebug}, and 4228 (if locations are used) @code{yylloc}. For example, if you use 4229 @samp{%name-prefix="c_"}, the names become @code{c_parse}, @code{c_lex}, 4230 and so on. In C++ parsers, it is only the surrounding namespace which is 4231 named @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. 4232 @xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same Program}. 4233 @end deffn 4234 4235 @ifset defaultprec 4236 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec 4237 Do not assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec} 4238 modifier (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent 4239 Precedence}). 4240 @end deffn 4241 @end ifset 4242 4243 @deffn {Directive} %no-parser 4244 Do not include any C code in the parser file; generate tables only. The 4245 parser file contains just @code{#define} directives and static variable 4246 declarations. 4247 4248 This option also tells Bison to write the C code for the grammar actions 4249 into a file named @file{@var{file}.act}, in the form of a 4250 brace-surrounded body fit for a @code{switch} statement. 4251 @end deffn 4252 4253 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines 4254 Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser 4255 file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that 4256 the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with 4257 your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to 4258 associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source 4259 file in its own right. 4260 @end deffn 4261 4262 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}" 4263 Specify @var{file} for the parser file. 4264 @end deffn 4265 4266 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser 4267 Request a pure (reentrant) parser program (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure 4268 (Reentrant) Parser}). 4269 @end deffn 4270 4271 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}" 4272 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, , 4273 Require a Version of Bison}. 4274 @end deffn 4275 4276 @deffn {Directive} %token-table 4277 Generate an array of token names in the parser file. The name of the 4278 array is @code{yytname}; @code{yytname[@var{i}]} is the name of the 4279 token whose internal Bison token code number is @var{i}. The first 4280 three elements of @code{yytname} correspond to the predefined tokens 4281 @code{"$end"}, 4282 @code{"error"}, and @code{"$undefined"}; after these come the symbols 4283 defined in the grammar file. 4284 4285 The name in the table includes all the characters needed to represent 4286 the token in Bison. For single-character literals and literal 4287 strings, this includes the surrounding quoting characters and any 4288 escape sequences. For example, the Bison single-character literal 4289 @code{'+'} corresponds to a three-character name, represented in C as 4290 @code{"'+'"}; and the Bison two-character literal string @code{"\\/"} 4291 corresponds to a five-character name, represented in C as 4292 @code{"\"\\\\/\""}. 4293 4294 When you specify @code{%token-table}, Bison also generates macro 4295 definitions for macros @code{YYNTOKENS}, @code{YYNNTS}, and 4296 @code{YYNRULES}, and @code{YYNSTATES}: 4297 4298 @table @code 4299 @item YYNTOKENS 4300 The highest token number, plus one. 4301 @item YYNNTS 4302 The number of nonterminal symbols. 4303 @item YYNRULES 4304 The number of grammar rules, 4305 @item YYNSTATES 4306 The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}). 4307 @end table 4308 @end deffn 4309 4310 @deffn {Directive} %verbose 4311 Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the 4312 parser states and what is done for each type of look-ahead token in 4313 that state. @xref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}, for more 4314 information. 4315 @end deffn 4316 4317 @deffn {Directive} %yacc 4318 Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc, 4319 including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more. 4320 @end deffn 4321 4322 4323 @node Multiple Parsers 4324 @section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program 4325 4326 Most programs that use Bison parse only one language and therefore contain 4327 only one Bison parser. But what if you want to parse more than one 4328 language with the same program? Then you need to avoid a name conflict 4329 between different definitions of @code{yyparse}, @code{yylval}, and so on. 4330 4331 The easy way to do this is to use the option @samp{-p @var{prefix}} 4332 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}). This renames the interface 4333 functions and variables of the Bison parser to start with @var{prefix} 4334 instead of @samp{yy}. You can use this to give each parser distinct 4335 names that do not conflict. 4336 4337 The precise list of symbols renamed is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, 4338 @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc}, 4339 @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}. For example, if you use @samp{-p c}, 4340 the names become @code{cparse}, @code{clex}, and so on. 4341 4342 @strong{All the other variables and macros associated with Bison are not 4343 renamed.} These others are not global; there is no conflict if the same 4344 name is used in different parsers. For example, @code{YYSTYPE} is not 4345 renamed, but defining this in different ways in different parsers causes 4346 no trouble (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). 4347 4348 The @samp{-p} option works by adding macro definitions to the beginning 4349 of the parser source file, defining @code{yyparse} as 4350 @code{@var{prefix}parse}, and so on. This effectively substitutes one 4351 name for the other in the entire parser file. 4352 4353 @node Interface 4354 @chapter Parser C-Language Interface 4355 @cindex C-language interface 4356 @cindex interface 4357 4358 The Bison parser is actually a C function named @code{yyparse}. Here we 4359 describe the interface conventions of @code{yyparse} and the other 4360 functions that it needs to use. 4361 4362 Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with 4363 @samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes. If you use such an 4364 identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue 4365 in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble. 4366 4367 @menu 4368 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns. 4369 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex} 4370 which reads tokens. 4371 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}. 4372 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions. 4373 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's 4374 native language. 4375 @end menu 4376 4377 @node Parser Function 4378 @section The Parser Function @code{yyparse} 4379 @findex yyparse 4380 4381 You call the function @code{yyparse} to cause parsing to occur. This 4382 function reads tokens, executes actions, and ultimately returns when it 4383 encounters end-of-input or an unrecoverable syntax error. You can also 4384 write an action which directs @code{yyparse} to return immediately 4385 without reading further. 4386 4387 4388 @deftypefun int yyparse (void) 4389 The value returned by @code{yyparse} is 0 if parsing was successful (return 4390 is due to end-of-input). 4391 4392 The value is 1 if parsing failed because of invalid input, i.e., input 4393 that contains a syntax error or that causes @code{YYABORT} to be 4394 invoked. 4395 4396 The value is 2 if parsing failed due to memory exhaustion. 4397 @end deftypefun 4398 4399 In an action, you can cause immediate return from @code{yyparse} by using 4400 these macros: 4401 4402 @defmac YYACCEPT 4403 @findex YYACCEPT 4404 Return immediately with value 0 (to report success). 4405 @end defmac 4406 4407 @defmac YYABORT 4408 @findex YYABORT 4409 Return immediately with value 1 (to report failure). 4410 @end defmac 4411 4412 If you use a reentrant parser, you can optionally pass additional 4413 parameter information to it in a reentrant way. To do so, use the 4414 declaration @code{%parse-param}: 4415 4416 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@} 4417 @findex %parse-param 4418 Declare that an argument declared by the braced-code 4419 @var{argument-declaration} is an additional @code{yyparse} argument. 4420 The @var{argument-declaration} is used when declaring 4421 functions or prototypes. The last identifier in 4422 @var{argument-declaration} must be the argument name. 4423 @end deffn 4424 4425 Here's an example. Write this in the parser: 4426 4427 @example 4428 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@} 4429 %parse-param @{int *randomness@} 4430 @end example 4431 4432 @noindent 4433 Then call the parser like this: 4434 4435 @example 4436 @{ 4437 int nastiness, randomness; 4438 @dots{} /* @r{Store proper data in @code{nastiness} and @code{randomness}.} */ 4439 value = yyparse (&nastiness, &randomness); 4440 @dots{} 4441 @} 4442 @end example 4443 4444 @noindent 4445 In the grammar actions, use expressions like this to refer to the data: 4446 4447 @example 4448 exp: @dots{} @{ @dots{}; *randomness += 1; @dots{} @} 4449 @end example 4450 4451 4452 @node Lexical 4453 @section The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex} 4454 @findex yylex 4455 @cindex lexical analyzer 4456 4457 The @dfn{lexical analyzer} function, @code{yylex}, recognizes tokens from 4458 the input stream and returns them to the parser. Bison does not create 4459 this function automatically; you must write it so that @code{yyparse} can 4460 call it. The function is sometimes referred to as a lexical scanner. 4461 4462 In simple programs, @code{yylex} is often defined at the end of the Bison 4463 grammar file. If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate source file, you 4464 need to arrange for the token-type macro definitions to be available there. 4465 To do this, use the @samp{-d} option when you run Bison, so that it will 4466 write these macro definitions into a separate header file 4467 @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include in the other source files 4468 that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}. 4469 4470 @menu 4471 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}. 4472 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value 4473 of the token it has read. 4474 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location 4475 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the 4476 actions want that. 4477 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs 4478 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}). 4479 @end menu 4480 4481 @node Calling Convention 4482 @subsection Calling Convention for @code{yylex} 4483 4484 The value that @code{yylex} returns must be the positive numeric code 4485 for the type of token it has just found; a zero or negative value 4486 signifies end-of-input. 4487 4488 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a name, that name 4489 in the parser file becomes a C macro whose definition is the proper 4490 numeric code for that token type. So @code{yylex} can use the name 4491 to indicate that type. @xref{Symbols}. 4492 4493 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a character literal, 4494 the numeric code for that character is also the code for the token type. 4495 So @code{yylex} can simply return that character code, possibly converted 4496 to @code{unsigned char} to avoid sign-extension. The null character 4497 must not be used this way, because its code is zero and that 4498 signifies end-of-input. 4499 4500 Here is an example showing these things: 4501 4502 @example 4503 int 4504 yylex (void) 4505 @{ 4506 @dots{} 4507 if (c == EOF) /* Detect end-of-input. */ 4508 return 0; 4509 @dots{} 4510 if (c == '+' || c == '-') 4511 return c; /* Assume token type for `+' is '+'. */ 4512 @dots{} 4513 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */ 4514 @dots{} 4515 @} 4516 @end example 4517 4518 @noindent 4519 This interface has been designed so that the output from the @code{lex} 4520 utility can be used without change as the definition of @code{yylex}. 4521 4522 If the grammar uses literal string tokens, there are two ways that 4523 @code{yylex} can determine the token type codes for them: 4524 4525 @itemize @bullet 4526 @item 4527 If the grammar defines symbolic token names as aliases for the 4528 literal string tokens, @code{yylex} can use these symbolic names like 4529 all others. In this case, the use of the literal string tokens in 4530 the grammar file has no effect on @code{yylex}. 4531 4532 @item 4533 @code{yylex} can find the multicharacter token in the @code{yytname} 4534 table. The index of the token in the table is the token type's code. 4535 The name of a multicharacter token is recorded in @code{yytname} with a 4536 double-quote, the token's characters, and another double-quote. The 4537 token's characters are escaped as necessary to be suitable as input 4538 to Bison. 4539 4540 Here's code for looking up a multicharacter token in @code{yytname}, 4541 assuming that the characters of the token are stored in 4542 @code{token_buffer}, and assuming that the token does not contain any 4543 characters like @samp{"} that require escaping. 4544 4545 @smallexample 4546 for (i = 0; i < YYNTOKENS; i++) 4547 @{ 4548 if (yytname[i] != 0 4549 && yytname[i][0] == '"' 4550 && ! strncmp (yytname[i] + 1, token_buffer, 4551 strlen (token_buffer)) 4552 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 1] == '"' 4553 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 2] == 0) 4554 break; 4555 @} 4556 @end smallexample 4557 4558 The @code{yytname} table is generated only if you use the 4559 @code{%token-table} declaration. @xref{Decl Summary}. 4560 @end itemize 4561 4562 @node Token Values 4563 @subsection Semantic Values of Tokens 4564 4565 @vindex yylval 4566 In an ordinary (nonreentrant) parser, the semantic value of the token must 4567 be stored into the global variable @code{yylval}. When you are using 4568 just one data type for semantic values, @code{yylval} has that type. 4569 Thus, if the type is @code{int} (the default), you might write this in 4570 @code{yylex}: 4571 4572 @example 4573 @group 4574 @dots{} 4575 yylval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */ 4576 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */ 4577 @dots{} 4578 @end group 4579 @end example 4580 4581 When you are using multiple data types, @code{yylval}'s type is a union 4582 made from the @code{%union} declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The 4583 Collection of Value Types}). So when you store a token's value, you 4584 must use the proper member of the union. If the @code{%union} 4585 declaration looks like this: 4586 4587 @example 4588 @group 4589 %union @{ 4590 int intval; 4591 double val; 4592 symrec *tptr; 4593 @} 4594 @end group 4595 @end example 4596 4597 @noindent 4598 then the code in @code{yylex} might look like this: 4599 4600 @example 4601 @group 4602 @dots{} 4603 yylval.intval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */ 4604 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */ 4605 @dots{} 4606 @end group 4607 @end example 4608 4609 @node Token Locations 4610 @subsection Textual Locations of Tokens 4611 4612 @vindex yylloc 4613 If you are using the @samp{@@@var{n}}-feature (@pxref{Locations, , 4614 Tracking Locations}) in actions to keep track of the textual locations 4615 of tokens and groupings, then you must provide this information in 4616 @code{yylex}. The function @code{yyparse} expects to find the textual 4617 location of a token just parsed in the global variable @code{yylloc}. 4618 So @code{yylex} must store the proper data in that variable. 4619 4620 By default, the value of @code{yylloc} is a structure and you need only 4621 initialize the members that are going to be used by the actions. The 4622 four members are called @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, 4623 @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}. Note that the use of this 4624 feature makes the parser noticeably slower. 4625 4626 @tindex YYLTYPE 4627 The data type of @code{yylloc} has the name @code{YYLTYPE}. 4628 4629 @node Pure Calling 4630 @subsection Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers 4631 4632 When you use the Bison declaration @code{%pure-parser} to request a 4633 pure, reentrant parser, the global communication variables @code{yylval} 4634 and @code{yylloc} cannot be used. (@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) 4635 Parser}.) In such parsers the two global variables are replaced by 4636 pointers passed as arguments to @code{yylex}. You must declare them as 4637 shown here, and pass the information back by storing it through those 4638 pointers. 4639 4640 @example 4641 int 4642 yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp) 4643 @{ 4644 @dots{} 4645 *lvalp = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */ 4646 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */ 4647 @dots{} 4648 @} 4649 @end example 4650 4651 If the grammar file does not use the @samp{@@} constructs to refer to 4652 textual locations, then the type @code{YYLTYPE} will not be defined. In 4653 this case, omit the second argument; @code{yylex} will be called with 4654 only one argument. 4655 4656 4657 If you wish to pass the additional parameter data to @code{yylex}, use 4658 @code{%lex-param} just like @code{%parse-param} (@pxref{Parser 4659 Function}). 4660 4661 @deffn {Directive} lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@} 4662 @findex %lex-param 4663 Declare that the braced-code @var{argument-declaration} is an 4664 additional @code{yylex} argument declaration. 4665 @end deffn 4666 4667 For instance: 4668 4669 @example 4670 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@} 4671 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@} 4672 %parse-param @{int *randomness@} 4673 @end example 4674 4675 @noindent 4676 results in the following signature: 4677 4678 @example 4679 int yylex (int *nastiness); 4680 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness); 4681 @end example 4682 4683 If @code{%pure-parser} is added: 4684 4685 @example 4686 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, int *nastiness); 4687 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness); 4688 @end example 4689 4690 @noindent 4691 and finally, if both @code{%pure-parser} and @code{%locations} are used: 4692 4693 @example 4694 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness); 4695 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness); 4696 @end example 4697 4698 @node Error Reporting 4699 @section The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror} 4700 @cindex error reporting function 4701 @findex yyerror 4702 @cindex parse error 4703 @cindex syntax error 4704 4705 The Bison parser detects a @dfn{syntax error} or @dfn{parse error} 4706 whenever it reads a token which cannot satisfy any syntax rule. An 4707 action in the grammar can also explicitly proclaim an error, using the 4708 macro @code{YYERROR} (@pxref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use 4709 in Actions}). 4710 4711 The Bison parser expects to report the error by calling an error 4712 reporting function named @code{yyerror}, which you must supply. It is 4713 called by @code{yyparse} whenever a syntax error is found, and it 4714 receives one argument. For a syntax error, the string is normally 4715 @w{@code{"syntax error"}}. 4716 4717 @findex %error-verbose 4718 If you invoke the directive @code{%error-verbose} in the Bison 4719 declarations section (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison Declarations 4720 Section}), then Bison provides a more verbose and specific error message 4721 string instead of just plain @w{@code{"syntax error"}}. 4722 4723 The parser can detect one other kind of error: memory exhaustion. This 4724 can happen when the input contains constructions that are very deeply 4725 nested. It isn't likely you will encounter this, since the Bison 4726 parser normally extends its stack automatically up to a very large limit. But 4727 if memory is exhausted, @code{yyparse} calls @code{yyerror} in the usual 4728 fashion, except that the argument string is @w{@code{"memory exhausted"}}. 4729 4730 In some cases diagnostics like @w{@code{"syntax error"}} are 4731 translated automatically from English to some other language before 4732 they are passed to @code{yyerror}. @xref{Internationalization}. 4733 4734 The following definition suffices in simple programs: 4735 4736 @example 4737 @group 4738 void 4739 yyerror (char const *s) 4740 @{ 4741 @end group 4742 @group 4743 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s); 4744 @} 4745 @end group 4746 @end example 4747 4748 After @code{yyerror} returns to @code{yyparse}, the latter will attempt 4749 error recovery if you have written suitable error recovery grammar rules 4750 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). If recovery is impossible, @code{yyparse} will 4751 immediately return 1. 4752 4753 Obviously, in location tracking pure parsers, @code{yyerror} should have 4754 an access to the current location. 4755 This is indeed the case for the @acronym{GLR} 4756 parsers, but not for the Yacc parser, for historical reasons. I.e., if 4757 @samp{%locations %pure-parser} is passed then the prototypes for 4758 @code{yyerror} are: 4759 4760 @example 4761 void yyerror (char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */ 4762 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */ 4763 @end example 4764 4765 If @samp{%parse-param @{int *nastiness@}} is used, then: 4766 4767 @example 4768 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */ 4769 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */ 4770 @end example 4771 4772 Finally, @acronym{GLR} and Yacc parsers share the same @code{yyerror} calling 4773 convention for absolutely pure parsers, i.e., when the calling 4774 convention of @code{yylex} @emph{and} the calling convention of 4775 @code{%pure-parser} are pure. I.e.: 4776 4777 @example 4778 /* Location tracking. */ 4779 %locations 4780 /* Pure yylex. */ 4781 %pure-parser 4782 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@} 4783 /* Pure yyparse. */ 4784 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@} 4785 %parse-param @{int *randomness@} 4786 @end example 4787 4788 @noindent 4789 results in the following signatures for all the parser kinds: 4790 4791 @example 4792 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness); 4793 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness); 4794 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, 4795 int *nastiness, int *randomness, 4796 char const *msg); 4797 @end example 4798 4799 @noindent 4800 The prototypes are only indications of how the code produced by Bison 4801 uses @code{yyerror}. Bison-generated code always ignores the returned 4802 value, so @code{yyerror} can return any type, including @code{void}. 4803 Also, @code{yyerror} can be a variadic function; that is why the 4804 message is always passed last. 4805 4806 Traditionally @code{yyerror} returns an @code{int} that is always 4807 ignored, but this is purely for historical reasons, and @code{void} is 4808 preferable since it more accurately describes the return type for 4809 @code{yyerror}. 4810 4811 @vindex yynerrs 4812 The variable @code{yynerrs} contains the number of syntax errors 4813 reported so far. Normally this variable is global; but if you 4814 request a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}) 4815 then it is a local variable which only the actions can access. 4816 4817 @node Action Features 4818 @section Special Features for Use in Actions 4819 @cindex summary, action features 4820 @cindex action features summary 4821 4822 Here is a table of Bison constructs, variables and macros that 4823 are useful in actions. 4824 4825 @deffn {Variable} $$ 4826 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the 4827 grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Actions}. 4828 @end deffn 4829 4830 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n} 4831 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the 4832 @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Actions}. 4833 @end deffn 4834 4835 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>$ 4836 Like @code{$$} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the union 4837 specified by the @code{%union} declaration. @xref{Action Types, ,Data 4838 Types of Values in Actions}. 4839 @end deffn 4840 4841 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>@var{n} 4842 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the 4843 union specified by the @code{%union} declaration. 4844 @xref{Action Types, ,Data Types of Values in Actions}. 4845 @end deffn 4846 4847 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT; 4848 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating failure. 4849 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}. 4850 @end deffn 4851 4852 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT; 4853 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating success. 4854 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}. 4855 @end deffn 4856 4857 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP (@var{token}, @var{value}); 4858 @findex YYBACKUP 4859 Unshift a token. This macro is allowed only for rules that reduce 4860 a single value, and only when there is no look-ahead token. 4861 It is also disallowed in @acronym{GLR} parsers. 4862 It installs a look-ahead token with token type @var{token} and 4863 semantic value @var{value}; then it discards the value that was 4864 going to be reduced by this rule. 4865 4866 If the macro is used when it is not valid, such as when there is 4867 a look-ahead token already, then it reports a syntax error with 4868 a message @samp{cannot back up} and performs ordinary error 4869 recovery. 4870 4871 In either case, the rest of the action is not executed. 4872 @end deffn 4873 4874 @deffn {Macro} YYEMPTY 4875 @vindex YYEMPTY 4876 Value stored in @code{yychar} when there is no look-ahead token. 4877 @end deffn 4878 4879 @deffn {Macro} YYEOF 4880 @vindex YYEOF 4881 Value stored in @code{yychar} when the look-ahead is the end of the input 4882 stream. 4883 @end deffn 4884 4885 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR; 4886 @findex YYERROR 4887 Cause an immediate syntax error. This statement initiates error 4888 recovery just as if the parser itself had detected an error; however, it 4889 does not call @code{yyerror}, and does not print any message. If you 4890 want to print an error message, call @code{yyerror} explicitly before 4891 the @samp{YYERROR;} statement. @xref{Error Recovery}. 4892 @end deffn 4893 4894 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING 4895 @findex YYRECOVERING 4896 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser 4897 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise. 4898 @xref{Error Recovery}. 4899 @end deffn 4900 4901 @deffn {Variable} yychar 4902 Variable containing either the look-ahead token, or @code{YYEOF} when the 4903 look-ahead is the end of the input stream, or @code{YYEMPTY} when no look-ahead 4904 has been performed so the next token is not yet known. 4905 Do not modify @code{yychar} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic 4906 Actions}). 4907 @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}. 4908 @end deffn 4909 4910 @deffn {Macro} yyclearin; 4911 Discard the current look-ahead token. This is useful primarily in 4912 error rules. 4913 Do not invoke @code{yyclearin} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR 4914 Semantic Actions}). 4915 @xref{Error Recovery}. 4916 @end deffn 4917 4918 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok; 4919 Resume generating error messages immediately for subsequent syntax 4920 errors. This is useful primarily in error rules. 4921 @xref{Error Recovery}. 4922 @end deffn 4923 4924 @deffn {Variable} yylloc 4925 Variable containing the look-ahead token location when @code{yychar} is not set 4926 to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}. 4927 Do not modify @code{yylloc} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic 4928 Actions}). 4929 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}. 4930 @end deffn 4931 4932 @deffn {Variable} yylval 4933 Variable containing the look-ahead token semantic value when @code{yychar} is 4934 not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}. 4935 Do not modify @code{yylval} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic 4936 Actions}). 4937 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}. 4938 @end deffn 4939 4940 @deffn {Value} @@$ 4941 @findex @@$ 4942 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location 4943 of the grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Locations, , 4944 Tracking Locations}. 4945 4946 @c Check if those paragraphs are still useful or not. 4947 4948 @c @example 4949 @c struct @{ 4950 @c int first_line, last_line; 4951 @c int first_column, last_column; 4952 @c @}; 4953 @c @end example 4954 4955 @c Thus, to get the starting line number of the third component, you would 4956 @c use @samp{@@3.first_line}. 4957 4958 @c In order for the members of this structure to contain valid information, 4959 @c you must make @code{yylex} supply this information about each token. 4960 @c If you need only certain members, then @code{yylex} need only fill in 4961 @c those members. 4962 4963 @c The use of this feature makes the parser noticeably slower. 4964 @end deffn 4965 4966 @deffn {Value} @@@var{n} 4967 @findex @@@var{n} 4968 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location 4969 of the @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Locations, , 4970 Tracking Locations}. 4971 @end deffn 4972 4973 @node Internationalization 4974 @section Parser Internationalization 4975 @cindex internationalization 4976 @cindex i18n 4977 @cindex NLS 4978 @cindex gettext 4979 @cindex bison-po 4980 4981 A Bison-generated parser can print diagnostics, including error and 4982 tracing messages. By default, they appear in English. However, Bison 4983 also supports outputting diagnostics in the user's native language. To 4984 make this work, the user should set the usual environment variables. 4985 @xref{Users, , The User's View, gettext, GNU @code{gettext} utilities}. 4986 For example, the shell command @samp{export LC_ALL=fr_CA.UTF-8} might 4987 set the user's locale to French Canadian using the @acronym{UTF}-8 4988 encoding. The exact set of available locales depends on the user's 4989 installation. 4990 4991 The maintainer of a package that uses a Bison-generated parser enables 4992 the internationalization of the parser's output through the following 4993 steps. Here we assume a package that uses @acronym{GNU} Autoconf and 4994 @acronym{GNU} Automake. 4995 4996 @enumerate 4997 @item 4998 @cindex bison-i18n.m4 4999 Into the directory containing the @acronym{GNU} Autoconf macros used 5000 by the package---often called @file{m4}---copy the 5001 @file{bison-i18n.m4} file installed by Bison under 5002 @samp{share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4} in Bison's installation directory. 5003 For example: 5004 5005 @example 5006 cp /usr/local/share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4 m4/bison-i18n.m4 5007 @end example 5008 5009 @item 5010 @findex BISON_I18N 5011 @vindex BISON_LOCALEDIR 5012 @vindex YYENABLE_NLS 5013 In the top-level @file{configure.ac}, after the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT} 5014 invocation, add an invocation of @code{BISON_I18N}. This macro is 5015 defined in the file @file{bison-i18n.m4} that you copied earlier. It 5016 causes @samp{configure} to find the value of the 5017 @code{BISON_LOCALEDIR} variable, and it defines the source-language 5018 symbol @code{YYENABLE_NLS} to enable translations in the 5019 Bison-generated parser. 5020 5021 @item 5022 In the @code{main} function of your program, designate the directory 5023 containing Bison's runtime message catalog, through a call to 5024 @samp{bindtextdomain} with domain name @samp{bison-runtime}. 5025 For example: 5026 5027 @example 5028 bindtextdomain ("bison-runtime", BISON_LOCALEDIR); 5029 @end example 5030 5031 Typically this appears after any other call @code{bindtextdomain 5032 (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR)} that your package already has. Here we rely on 5033 @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} to be defined as a string through the 5034 @file{Makefile}. 5035 5036 @item 5037 In the @file{Makefile.am} that controls the compilation of the @code{main} 5038 function, make @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} available as a C preprocessor macro, 5039 either in @samp{DEFS} or in @samp{AM_CPPFLAGS}. For example: 5040 5041 @example 5042 DEFS = @@DEFS@@ -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"' 5043 @end example 5044 5045 or: 5046 5047 @example 5048 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"' 5049 @end example 5050 5051 @item 5052 Finally, invoke the command @command{autoreconf} to generate the build 5053 infrastructure. 5054 @end enumerate 5055 5056 5057 @node Algorithm 5058 @chapter The Bison Parser Algorithm 5059 @cindex Bison parser algorithm 5060 @cindex algorithm of parser 5061 @cindex shifting 5062 @cindex reduction 5063 @cindex parser stack 5064 @cindex stack, parser 5065 5066 As Bison reads tokens, it pushes them onto a stack along with their 5067 semantic values. The stack is called the @dfn{parser stack}. Pushing a 5068 token is traditionally called @dfn{shifting}. 5069 5070 For example, suppose the infix calculator has read @samp{1 + 5 *}, with a 5071 @samp{3} to come. The stack will have four elements, one for each token 5072 that was shifted. 5073 5074 But the stack does not always have an element for each token read. When 5075 the last @var{n} tokens and groupings shifted match the components of a 5076 grammar rule, they can be combined according to that rule. This is called 5077 @dfn{reduction}. Those tokens and groupings are replaced on the stack by a 5078 single grouping whose symbol is the result (left hand side) of that rule. 5079 Running the rule's action is part of the process of reduction, because this 5080 is what computes the semantic value of the resulting grouping. 5081 5082 For example, if the infix calculator's parser stack contains this: 5083 5084 @example 5085 1 + 5 * 3 5086 @end example 5087 5088 @noindent 5089 and the next input token is a newline character, then the last three 5090 elements can be reduced to 15 via the rule: 5091 5092 @example 5093 expr: expr '*' expr; 5094 @end example 5095 5096 @noindent 5097 Then the stack contains just these three elements: 5098 5099 @example 5100 1 + 15 5101 @end example 5102 5103 @noindent 5104 At this point, another reduction can be made, resulting in the single value 5105 16. Then the newline token can be shifted. 5106 5107 The parser tries, by shifts and reductions, to reduce the entire input down 5108 to a single grouping whose symbol is the grammar's start-symbol 5109 (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}). 5110 5111 This kind of parser is known in the literature as a bottom-up parser. 5112 5113 @menu 5114 * Look-Ahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do. 5115 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid. 5116 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts. 5117 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context. 5118 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack. 5119 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation. 5120 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified. 5121 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars. 5122 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it. 5123 @end menu 5124 5125 @node Look-Ahead 5126 @section Look-Ahead Tokens 5127 @cindex look-ahead token 5128 5129 The Bison parser does @emph{not} always reduce immediately as soon as the 5130 last @var{n} tokens and groupings match a rule. This is because such a 5131 simple strategy is inadequate to handle most languages. Instead, when a 5132 reduction is possible, the parser sometimes ``looks ahead'' at the next 5133 token in order to decide what to do. 5134 5135 When a token is read, it is not immediately shifted; first it becomes the 5136 @dfn{look-ahead token}, which is not on the stack. Now the parser can 5137 perform one or more reductions of tokens and groupings on the stack, while 5138 the look-ahead token remains off to the side. When no more reductions 5139 should take place, the look-ahead token is shifted onto the stack. This 5140 does not mean that all possible reductions have been done; depending on the 5141 token type of the look-ahead token, some rules may choose to delay their 5142 application. 5143 5144 Here is a simple case where look-ahead is needed. These three rules define 5145 expressions which contain binary addition operators and postfix unary 5146 factorial operators (@samp{!}), and allow parentheses for grouping. 5147 5148 @example 5149 @group 5150 expr: term '+' expr 5151 | term 5152 ; 5153 @end group 5154 5155 @group 5156 term: '(' expr ')' 5157 | term '!' 5158 | NUMBER 5159 ; 5160 @end group 5161 @end example 5162 5163 Suppose that the tokens @w{@samp{1 + 2}} have been read and shifted; what 5164 should be done? If the following token is @samp{)}, then the first three 5165 tokens must be reduced to form an @code{expr}. This is the only valid 5166 course, because shifting the @samp{)} would produce a sequence of symbols 5167 @w{@code{term ')'}}, and no rule allows this. 5168 5169 If the following token is @samp{!}, then it must be shifted immediately so 5170 that @w{@samp{2 !}} can be reduced to make a @code{term}. If instead the 5171 parser were to reduce before shifting, @w{@samp{1 + 2}} would become an 5172 @code{expr}. It would then be impossible to shift the @samp{!} because 5173 doing so would produce on the stack the sequence of symbols @code{expr 5174 '!'}. No rule allows that sequence. 5175 5176 @vindex yychar 5177 @vindex yylval 5178 @vindex yylloc 5179 The look-ahead token is stored in the variable @code{yychar}. 5180 Its semantic value and location, if any, are stored in the variables 5181 @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}. 5182 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}. 5183 5184 @node Shift/Reduce 5185 @section Shift/Reduce Conflicts 5186 @cindex conflicts 5187 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts 5188 @cindex dangling @code{else} 5189 @cindex @code{else}, dangling 5190 5191 Suppose we are parsing a language which has if-then and if-then-else 5192 statements, with a pair of rules like this: 5193 5194 @example 5195 @group 5196 if_stmt: 5197 IF expr THEN stmt 5198 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt 5199 ; 5200 @end group 5201 @end example 5202 5203 @noindent 5204 Here we assume that @code{IF}, @code{THEN} and @code{ELSE} are 5205 terminal symbols for specific keyword tokens. 5206 5207 When the @code{ELSE} token is read and becomes the look-ahead token, the 5208 contents of the stack (assuming the input is valid) are just right for 5209 reduction by the first rule. But it is also legitimate to shift the 5210 @code{ELSE}, because that would lead to eventual reduction by the second 5211 rule. 5212 5213 This situation, where either a shift or a reduction would be valid, is 5214 called a @dfn{shift/reduce conflict}. Bison is designed to resolve 5215 these conflicts by choosing to shift, unless otherwise directed by 5216 operator precedence declarations. To see the reason for this, let's 5217 contrast it with the other alternative. 5218 5219 Since the parser prefers to shift the @code{ELSE}, the result is to attach 5220 the else-clause to the innermost if-statement, making these two inputs 5221 equivalent: 5222 5223 @example 5224 if x then if y then win (); else lose; 5225 5226 if x then do; if y then win (); else lose; end; 5227 @end example 5228 5229 But if the parser chose to reduce when possible rather than shift, the 5230 result would be to attach the else-clause to the outermost if-statement, 5231 making these two inputs equivalent: 5232 5233 @example 5234 if x then if y then win (); else lose; 5235 5236 if x then do; if y then win (); end; else lose; 5237 @end example 5238 5239 The conflict exists because the grammar as written is ambiguous: either 5240 parsing of the simple nested if-statement is legitimate. The established 5241 convention is that these ambiguities are resolved by attaching the 5242 else-clause to the innermost if-statement; this is what Bison accomplishes 5243 by choosing to shift rather than reduce. (It would ideally be cleaner to 5244 write an unambiguous grammar, but that is very hard to do in this case.) 5245 This particular ambiguity was first encountered in the specifications of 5246 Algol 60 and is called the ``dangling @code{else}'' ambiguity. 5247 5248 To avoid warnings from Bison about predictable, legitimate shift/reduce 5249 conflicts, use the @code{%expect @var{n}} declaration. There will be no 5250 warning as long as the number of shift/reduce conflicts is exactly @var{n}. 5251 @xref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}. 5252 5253 The definition of @code{if_stmt} above is solely to blame for the 5254 conflict, but the conflict does not actually appear without additional 5255 rules. Here is a complete Bison input file that actually manifests the 5256 conflict: 5257 5258 @example 5259 @group 5260 %token IF THEN ELSE variable 5261 %% 5262 @end group 5263 @group 5264 stmt: expr 5265 | if_stmt 5266 ; 5267 @end group 5268 5269 @group 5270 if_stmt: 5271 IF expr THEN stmt 5272 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt 5273 ; 5274 @end group 5275 5276 expr: variable 5277 ; 5278 @end example 5279 5280 @node Precedence 5281 @section Operator Precedence 5282 @cindex operator precedence 5283 @cindex precedence of operators 5284 5285 Another situation where shift/reduce conflicts appear is in arithmetic 5286 expressions. Here shifting is not always the preferred resolution; the 5287 Bison declarations for operator precedence allow you to specify when to 5288 shift and when to reduce. 5289 5290 @menu 5291 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed. 5292 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars. 5293 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example. 5294 * How Precedence:: How they work. 5295 @end menu 5296 5297 @node Why Precedence 5298 @subsection When Precedence is Needed 5299 5300 Consider the following ambiguous grammar fragment (ambiguous because the 5301 input @w{@samp{1 - 2 * 3}} can be parsed in two different ways): 5302 5303 @example 5304 @group 5305 expr: expr '-' expr 5306 | expr '*' expr 5307 | expr '<' expr 5308 | '(' expr ')' 5309 @dots{} 5310 ; 5311 @end group 5312 @end example 5313 5314 @noindent 5315 Suppose the parser has seen the tokens @samp{1}, @samp{-} and @samp{2}; 5316 should it reduce them via the rule for the subtraction operator? It 5317 depends on the next token. Of course, if the next token is @samp{)}, we 5318 must reduce; shifting is invalid because no single rule can reduce the 5319 token sequence @w{@samp{- 2 )}} or anything starting with that. But if 5320 the next token is @samp{*} or @samp{<}, we have a choice: either 5321 shifting or reduction would allow the parse to complete, but with 5322 different results. 5323 5324 To decide which one Bison should do, we must consider the results. If 5325 the next operator token @var{op} is shifted, then it must be reduced 5326 first in order to permit another opportunity to reduce the difference. 5327 The result is (in effect) @w{@samp{1 - (2 @var{op} 3)}}. On the other 5328 hand, if the subtraction is reduced before shifting @var{op}, the result 5329 is @w{@samp{(1 - 2) @var{op} 3}}. Clearly, then, the choice of shift or 5330 reduce should depend on the relative precedence of the operators 5331 @samp{-} and @var{op}: @samp{*} should be shifted first, but not 5332 @samp{<}. 5333 5334 @cindex associativity 5335 What about input such as @w{@samp{1 - 2 - 5}}; should this be 5336 @w{@samp{(1 - 2) - 5}} or should it be @w{@samp{1 - (2 - 5)}}? For most 5337 operators we prefer the former, which is called @dfn{left association}. 5338 The latter alternative, @dfn{right association}, is desirable for 5339 assignment operators. The choice of left or right association is a 5340 matter of whether the parser chooses to shift or reduce when the stack 5341 contains @w{@samp{1 - 2}} and the look-ahead token is @samp{-}: shifting 5342 makes right-associativity. 5343 5344 @node Using Precedence 5345 @subsection Specifying Operator Precedence 5346 @findex %left 5347 @findex %right 5348 @findex %nonassoc 5349 5350 Bison allows you to specify these choices with the operator precedence 5351 declarations @code{%left} and @code{%right}. Each such declaration 5352 contains a list of tokens, which are operators whose precedence and 5353 associativity is being declared. The @code{%left} declaration makes all 5354 those operators left-associative and the @code{%right} declaration makes 5355 them right-associative. A third alternative is @code{%nonassoc}, which 5356 declares that it is a syntax error to find the same operator twice ``in a 5357 row''. 5358 5359 The relative precedence of different operators is controlled by the 5360 order in which they are declared. The first @code{%left} or 5361 @code{%right} declaration in the file declares the operators whose 5362 precedence is lowest, the next such declaration declares the operators 5363 whose precedence is a little higher, and so on. 5364 5365 @node Precedence Examples 5366 @subsection Precedence Examples 5367 5368 In our example, we would want the following declarations: 5369 5370 @example 5371 %left '<' 5372 %left '-' 5373 %left '*' 5374 @end example 5375 5376 In a more complete example, which supports other operators as well, we 5377 would declare them in groups of equal precedence. For example, @code{'+'} is 5378 declared with @code{'-'}: 5379 5380 @example 5381 %left '<' '>' '=' NE LE GE 5382 %left '+' '-' 5383 %left '*' '/' 5384 @end example 5385 5386 @noindent 5387 (Here @code{NE} and so on stand for the operators for ``not equal'' 5388 and so on. We assume that these tokens are more than one character long 5389 and therefore are represented by names, not character literals.) 5390 5391 @node How Precedence 5392 @subsection How Precedence Works 5393 5394 The first effect of the precedence declarations is to assign precedence 5395 levels to the terminal symbols declared. The second effect is to assign 5396 precedence levels to certain rules: each rule gets its precedence from 5397 the last terminal symbol mentioned in the components. (You can also 5398 specify explicitly the precedence of a rule. @xref{Contextual 5399 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.) 5400 5401 Finally, the resolution of conflicts works by comparing the precedence 5402 of the rule being considered with that of the look-ahead token. If the 5403 token's precedence is higher, the choice is to shift. If the rule's 5404 precedence is higher, the choice is to reduce. If they have equal 5405 precedence, the choice is made based on the associativity of that 5406 precedence level. The verbose output file made by @samp{-v} 5407 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) says how each conflict was 5408 resolved. 5409 5410 Not all rules and not all tokens have precedence. If either the rule or 5411 the look-ahead token has no precedence, then the default is to shift. 5412 5413 @node Contextual Precedence 5414 @section Context-Dependent Precedence 5415 @cindex context-dependent precedence 5416 @cindex unary operator precedence 5417 @cindex precedence, context-dependent 5418 @cindex precedence, unary operator 5419 @findex %prec 5420 5421 Often the precedence of an operator depends on the context. This sounds 5422 outlandish at first, but it is really very common. For example, a minus 5423 sign typically has a very high precedence as a unary operator, and a 5424 somewhat lower precedence (lower than multiplication) as a binary operator. 5425 5426 The Bison precedence declarations, @code{%left}, @code{%right} and 5427 @code{%nonassoc}, can only be used once for a given token; so a token has 5428 only one precedence declared in this way. For context-dependent 5429 precedence, you need to use an additional mechanism: the @code{%prec} 5430 modifier for rules. 5431 5432 The @code{%prec} modifier declares the precedence of a particular rule by 5433 specifying a terminal symbol whose precedence should be used for that rule. 5434 It's not necessary for that symbol to appear otherwise in the rule. The 5435 modifier's syntax is: 5436 5437 @example 5438 %prec @var{terminal-symbol} 5439 @end example 5440 5441 @noindent 5442 and it is written after the components of the rule. Its effect is to 5443 assign the rule the precedence of @var{terminal-symbol}, overriding 5444 the precedence that would be deduced for it in the ordinary way. The 5445 altered rule precedence then affects how conflicts involving that rule 5446 are resolved (@pxref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}). 5447 5448 Here is how @code{%prec} solves the problem of unary minus. First, declare 5449 a precedence for a fictitious terminal symbol named @code{UMINUS}. There 5450 are no tokens of this type, but the symbol serves to stand for its 5451 precedence: 5452 5453 @example 5454 @dots{} 5455 %left '+' '-' 5456 %left '*' 5457 %left UMINUS 5458 @end example 5459 5460 Now the precedence of @code{UMINUS} can be used in specific rules: 5461 5462 @example 5463 @group 5464 exp: @dots{} 5465 | exp '-' exp 5466 @dots{} 5467 | '-' exp %prec UMINUS 5468 @end group 5469 @end example 5470 5471 @ifset defaultprec 5472 If you forget to append @code{%prec UMINUS} to the rule for unary 5473 minus, Bison silently assumes that minus has its usual precedence. 5474 This kind of problem can be tricky to debug, since one typically 5475 discovers the mistake only by testing the code. 5476 5477 The @code{%no-default-prec;} declaration makes it easier to discover 5478 this kind of problem systematically. It causes rules that lack a 5479 @code{%prec} modifier to have no precedence, even if the last terminal 5480 symbol mentioned in their components has a declared precedence. 5481 5482 If @code{%no-default-prec;} is in effect, you must specify @code{%prec} 5483 for all rules that participate in precedence conflict resolution. 5484 Then you will see any shift/reduce conflict until you tell Bison how 5485 to resolve it, either by changing your grammar or by adding an 5486 explicit precedence. This will probably add declarations to the 5487 grammar, but it helps to protect against incorrect rule precedences. 5488 5489 The effect of @code{%no-default-prec;} can be reversed by giving 5490 @code{%default-prec;}, which is the default. 5491 @end ifset 5492 5493 @node Parser States 5494 @section Parser States 5495 @cindex finite-state machine 5496 @cindex parser state 5497 @cindex state (of parser) 5498 5499 The function @code{yyparse} is implemented using a finite-state machine. 5500 The values pushed on the parser stack are not simply token type codes; they 5501 represent the entire sequence of terminal and nonterminal symbols at or 5502 near the top of the stack. The current state collects all the information 5503 about previous input which is relevant to deciding what to do next. 5504 5505 Each time a look-ahead token is read, the current parser state together 5506 with the type of look-ahead token are looked up in a table. This table 5507 entry can say, ``Shift the look-ahead token.'' In this case, it also 5508 specifies the new parser state, which is pushed onto the top of the 5509 parser stack. Or it can say, ``Reduce using rule number @var{n}.'' 5510 This means that a certain number of tokens or groupings are taken off 5511 the top of the stack, and replaced by one grouping. In other words, 5512 that number of states are popped from the stack, and one new state is 5513 pushed. 5514 5515 There is one other alternative: the table can say that the look-ahead token 5516 is erroneous in the current state. This causes error processing to begin 5517 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). 5518 5519 @node Reduce/Reduce 5520 @section Reduce/Reduce Conflicts 5521 @cindex reduce/reduce conflict 5522 @cindex conflicts, reduce/reduce 5523 5524 A reduce/reduce conflict occurs if there are two or more rules that apply 5525 to the same sequence of input. This usually indicates a serious error 5526 in the grammar. 5527 5528 For example, here is an erroneous attempt to define a sequence 5529 of zero or more @code{word} groupings. 5530 5531 @example 5532 sequence: /* empty */ 5533 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @} 5534 | maybeword 5535 | sequence word 5536 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @} 5537 ; 5538 5539 maybeword: /* empty */ 5540 @{ printf ("empty maybeword\n"); @} 5541 | word 5542 @{ printf ("single word %s\n", $1); @} 5543 ; 5544 @end example 5545 5546 @noindent 5547 The error is an ambiguity: there is more than one way to parse a single 5548 @code{word} into a @code{sequence}. It could be reduced to a 5549 @code{maybeword} and then into a @code{sequence} via the second rule. 5550 Alternatively, nothing-at-all could be reduced into a @code{sequence} 5551 via the first rule, and this could be combined with the @code{word} 5552 using the third rule for @code{sequence}. 5553 5554 There is also more than one way to reduce nothing-at-all into a 5555 @code{sequence}. This can be done directly via the first rule, 5556 or indirectly via @code{maybeword} and then the second rule. 5557 5558 You might think that this is a distinction without a difference, because it 5559 does not change whether any particular input is valid or not. But it does 5560 affect which actions are run. One parsing order runs the second rule's 5561 action; the other runs the first rule's action and the third rule's action. 5562 In this example, the output of the program changes. 5563 5564 Bison resolves a reduce/reduce conflict by choosing to use the rule that 5565 appears first in the grammar, but it is very risky to rely on this. Every 5566 reduce/reduce conflict must be studied and usually eliminated. Here is the 5567 proper way to define @code{sequence}: 5568 5569 @example 5570 sequence: /* empty */ 5571 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @} 5572 | sequence word 5573 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @} 5574 ; 5575 @end example 5576 5577 Here is another common error that yields a reduce/reduce conflict: 5578 5579 @example 5580 sequence: /* empty */ 5581 | sequence words 5582 | sequence redirects 5583 ; 5584 5585 words: /* empty */ 5586 | words word 5587 ; 5588 5589 redirects:/* empty */ 5590 | redirects redirect 5591 ; 5592 @end example 5593 5594 @noindent 5595 The intention here is to define a sequence which can contain either 5596 @code{word} or @code{redirect} groupings. The individual definitions of 5597 @code{sequence}, @code{words} and @code{redirects} are error-free, but the 5598 three together make a subtle ambiguity: even an empty input can be parsed 5599 in infinitely many ways! 5600 5601 Consider: nothing-at-all could be a @code{words}. Or it could be two 5602 @code{words} in a row, or three, or any number. It could equally well be a 5603 @code{redirects}, or two, or any number. Or it could be a @code{words} 5604 followed by three @code{redirects} and another @code{words}. And so on. 5605 5606 Here are two ways to correct these rules. First, to make it a single level 5607 of sequence: 5608 5609 @example 5610 sequence: /* empty */ 5611 | sequence word 5612 | sequence redirect 5613 ; 5614 @end example 5615 5616 Second, to prevent either a @code{words} or a @code{redirects} 5617 from being empty: 5618 5619 @example 5620 sequence: /* empty */ 5621 | sequence words 5622 | sequence redirects 5623 ; 5624 5625 words: word 5626 | words word 5627 ; 5628 5629 redirects:redirect 5630 | redirects redirect 5631 ; 5632 @end example 5633 5634 @node Mystery Conflicts 5635 @section Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts 5636 5637 Sometimes reduce/reduce conflicts can occur that don't look warranted. 5638 Here is an example: 5639 5640 @example 5641 @group 5642 %token ID 5643 5644 %% 5645 def: param_spec return_spec ',' 5646 ; 5647 param_spec: 5648 type 5649 | name_list ':' type 5650 ; 5651 @end group 5652 @group 5653 return_spec: 5654 type 5655 | name ':' type 5656 ; 5657 @end group 5658 @group 5659 type: ID 5660 ; 5661 @end group 5662 @group 5663 name: ID 5664 ; 5665 name_list: 5666 name 5667 | name ',' name_list 5668 ; 5669 @end group 5670 @end example 5671 5672 It would seem that this grammar can be parsed with only a single token 5673 of look-ahead: when a @code{param_spec} is being read, an @code{ID} is 5674 a @code{name} if a comma or colon follows, or a @code{type} if another 5675 @code{ID} follows. In other words, this grammar is @acronym{LR}(1). 5676 5677 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) 5678 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) 5679 However, Bison, like most parser generators, cannot actually handle all 5680 @acronym{LR}(1) grammars. In this grammar, two contexts, that after 5681 an @code{ID} 5682 at the beginning of a @code{param_spec} and likewise at the beginning of 5683 a @code{return_spec}, are similar enough that Bison assumes they are the 5684 same. They appear similar because the same set of rules would be 5685 active---the rule for reducing to a @code{name} and that for reducing to 5686 a @code{type}. Bison is unable to determine at that stage of processing 5687 that the rules would require different look-ahead tokens in the two 5688 contexts, so it makes a single parser state for them both. Combining 5689 the two contexts causes a conflict later. In parser terminology, this 5690 occurrence means that the grammar is not @acronym{LALR}(1). 5691 5692 In general, it is better to fix deficiencies than to document them. But 5693 this particular deficiency is intrinsically hard to fix; parser 5694 generators that can handle @acronym{LR}(1) grammars are hard to write 5695 and tend to 5696 produce parsers that are very large. In practice, Bison is more useful 5697 as it is now. 5698 5699 When the problem arises, you can often fix it by identifying the two 5700 parser states that are being confused, and adding something to make them 5701 look distinct. In the above example, adding one rule to 5702 @code{return_spec} as follows makes the problem go away: 5703 5704 @example 5705 @group 5706 %token BOGUS 5707 @dots{} 5708 %% 5709 @dots{} 5710 return_spec: 5711 type 5712 | name ':' type 5713 /* This rule is never used. */ 5714 | ID BOGUS 5715 ; 5716 @end group 5717 @end example 5718 5719 This corrects the problem because it introduces the possibility of an 5720 additional active rule in the context after the @code{ID} at the beginning of 5721 @code{return_spec}. This rule is not active in the corresponding context 5722 in a @code{param_spec}, so the two contexts receive distinct parser states. 5723 As long as the token @code{BOGUS} is never generated by @code{yylex}, 5724 the added rule cannot alter the way actual input is parsed. 5725 5726 In this particular example, there is another way to solve the problem: 5727 rewrite the rule for @code{return_spec} to use @code{ID} directly 5728 instead of via @code{name}. This also causes the two confusing 5729 contexts to have different sets of active rules, because the one for 5730 @code{return_spec} activates the altered rule for @code{return_spec} 5731 rather than the one for @code{name}. 5732 5733 @example 5734 param_spec: 5735 type 5736 | name_list ':' type 5737 ; 5738 return_spec: 5739 type 5740 | ID ':' type 5741 ; 5742 @end example 5743 5744 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers and parser 5745 generators, please see: 5746 Frank DeRemer and Thomas Pennello, Efficient Computation of 5747 @acronym{LALR}(1) Look-Ahead Sets, @cite{@acronym{ACM} Transactions on 5748 Programming Languages and Systems}, Vol.@: 4, No.@: 4 (October 1982), 5749 pp.@: 615--649 @uref{http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/69622.357187}. 5750 5751 @node Generalized LR Parsing 5752 @section Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) Parsing 5753 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing 5754 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing 5755 @cindex ambiguous grammars 5756 @cindex nondeterministic parsing 5757 5758 Bison produces @emph{deterministic} parsers that choose uniquely 5759 when to reduce and which reduction to apply 5760 based on a summary of the preceding input and on one extra token of look-ahead. 5761 As a result, normal Bison handles a proper subset of the family of 5762 context-free languages. 5763 Ambiguous grammars, since they have strings with more than one possible 5764 sequence of reductions cannot have deterministic parsers in this sense. 5765 The same is true of languages that require more than one symbol of 5766 look-ahead, since the parser lacks the information necessary to make a 5767 decision at the point it must be made in a shift-reduce parser. 5768 Finally, as previously mentioned (@pxref{Mystery Conflicts}), 5769 there are languages where Bison's particular choice of how to 5770 summarize the input seen so far loses necessary information. 5771 5772 When you use the @samp{%glr-parser} declaration in your grammar file, 5773 Bison generates a parser that uses a different algorithm, called 5774 Generalized @acronym{LR} (or @acronym{GLR}). A Bison @acronym{GLR} 5775 parser uses the same basic 5776 algorithm for parsing as an ordinary Bison parser, but behaves 5777 differently in cases where there is a shift-reduce conflict that has not 5778 been resolved by precedence rules (@pxref{Precedence}) or a 5779 reduce-reduce conflict. When a @acronym{GLR} parser encounters such a 5780 situation, it 5781 effectively @emph{splits} into a several parsers, one for each possible 5782 shift or reduction. These parsers then proceed as usual, consuming 5783 tokens in lock-step. Some of the stacks may encounter other conflicts 5784 and split further, with the result that instead of a sequence of states, 5785 a Bison @acronym{GLR} parsing stack is what is in effect a tree of states. 5786 5787 In effect, each stack represents a guess as to what the proper parse 5788 is. Additional input may indicate that a guess was wrong, in which case 5789 the appropriate stack silently disappears. Otherwise, the semantics 5790 actions generated in each stack are saved, rather than being executed 5791 immediately. When a stack disappears, its saved semantic actions never 5792 get executed. When a reduction causes two stacks to become equivalent, 5793 their sets of semantic actions are both saved with the state that 5794 results from the reduction. We say that two stacks are equivalent 5795 when they both represent the same sequence of states, 5796 and each pair of corresponding states represents a 5797 grammar symbol that produces the same segment of the input token 5798 stream. 5799 5800 Whenever the parser makes a transition from having multiple 5801 states to having one, it reverts to the normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing 5802 algorithm, after resolving and executing the saved-up actions. 5803 At this transition, some of the states on the stack will have semantic 5804 values that are sets (actually multisets) of possible actions. The 5805 parser tries to pick one of the actions by first finding one whose rule 5806 has the highest dynamic precedence, as set by the @samp{%dprec} 5807 declaration. Otherwise, if the alternative actions are not ordered by 5808 precedence, but there the same merging function is declared for both 5809 rules by the @samp{%merge} declaration, 5810 Bison resolves and evaluates both and then calls the merge function on 5811 the result. Otherwise, it reports an ambiguity. 5812 5813 It is possible to use a data structure for the @acronym{GLR} parsing tree that 5814 permits the processing of any @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar in linear time (in the 5815 size of the input), any unambiguous (not necessarily 5816 @acronym{LALR}(1)) grammar in 5817 quadratic worst-case time, and any general (possibly ambiguous) 5818 context-free grammar in cubic worst-case time. However, Bison currently 5819 uses a simpler data structure that requires time proportional to the 5820 length of the input times the maximum number of stacks required for any 5821 prefix of the input. Thus, really ambiguous or nondeterministic 5822 grammars can require exponential time and space to process. Such badly 5823 behaving examples, however, are not generally of practical interest. 5824 Usually, nondeterminism in a grammar is local---the parser is ``in 5825 doubt'' only for a few tokens at a time. Therefore, the current data 5826 structure should generally be adequate. On @acronym{LALR}(1) portions of a 5827 grammar, in particular, it is only slightly slower than with the default 5828 Bison parser. 5829 5830 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{GLR} parsers, please see: Elizabeth 5831 Scott, Adrian Johnstone and Shamsa Sadaf Hussain, Tomita-Style 5832 Generalised @acronym{LR} Parsers, Royal Holloway, University of 5833 London, Department of Computer Science, TR-00-12, 5834 @uref{http://www.cs.rhul.ac.uk/research/languages/publications/tomita_style_1.ps}, 5835 (2000-12-24). 5836 5837 @node Memory Management 5838 @section Memory Management, and How to Avoid Memory Exhaustion 5839 @cindex memory exhaustion 5840 @cindex memory management 5841 @cindex stack overflow 5842 @cindex parser stack overflow 5843 @cindex overflow of parser stack 5844 5845 The Bison parser stack can run out of memory if too many tokens are shifted and 5846 not reduced. When this happens, the parser function @code{yyparse} 5847 calls @code{yyerror} and then returns 2. 5848 5849 Because Bison parsers have growing stacks, hitting the upper limit 5850 usually results from using a right recursion instead of a left 5851 recursion, @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}. 5852 5853 @vindex YYMAXDEPTH 5854 By defining the macro @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, you can control how deep the 5855 parser stack can become before memory is exhausted. Define the 5856 macro with a value that is an integer. This value is the maximum number 5857 of tokens that can be shifted (and not reduced) before overflow. 5858 5859 The stack space allowed is not necessarily allocated. If you specify a 5860 large value for @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, the parser normally allocates a small 5861 stack at first, and then makes it bigger by stages as needed. This 5862 increasing allocation happens automatically and silently. Therefore, 5863 you do not need to make @code{YYMAXDEPTH} painfully small merely to save 5864 space for ordinary inputs that do not need much stack. 5865 5866 However, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be a value so large that 5867 arithmetic overflow could occur when calculating the size of the stack 5868 space. Also, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be less than 5869 @code{YYINITDEPTH}. 5870 5871 @cindex default stack limit 5872 The default value of @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, if you do not define it, is 5873 10000. 5874 5875 @vindex YYINITDEPTH 5876 You can control how much stack is allocated initially by defining the 5877 macro @code{YYINITDEPTH} to a positive integer. For the C 5878 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser, this value must be a compile-time constant 5879 unless you are assuming C99 or some other target language or compiler 5880 that allows variable-length arrays. The default is 200. 5881 5882 Do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be greater than @code{YYMAXDEPTH}. 5883 5884 @c FIXME: C++ output. 5885 Because of semantical differences between C and C++, the 5886 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers in C produced by Bison cannot grow when compiled 5887 by C++ compilers. In this precise case (compiling a C parser as C++) you are 5888 suggested to grow @code{YYINITDEPTH}. The Bison maintainers hope to fix 5889 this deficiency in a future release. 5890 5891 @node Error Recovery 5892 @chapter Error Recovery 5893 @cindex error recovery 5894 @cindex recovery from errors 5895 5896 It is not usually acceptable to have a program terminate on a syntax 5897 error. For example, a compiler should recover sufficiently to parse the 5898 rest of the input file and check it for errors; a calculator should accept 5899 another expression. 5900 5901 In a simple interactive command parser where each input is one line, it may 5902 be sufficient to allow @code{yyparse} to return 1 on error and have the 5903 caller ignore the rest of the input line when that happens (and then call 5904 @code{yyparse} again). But this is inadequate for a compiler, because it 5905 forgets all the syntactic context leading up to the error. A syntax error 5906 deep within a function in the compiler input should not cause the compiler 5907 to treat the following line like the beginning of a source file. 5908 5909 @findex error 5910 You can define how to recover from a syntax error by writing rules to 5911 recognize the special token @code{error}. This is a terminal symbol that 5912 is always defined (you need not declare it) and reserved for error 5913 handling. The Bison parser generates an @code{error} token whenever a 5914 syntax error happens; if you have provided a rule to recognize this token 5915 in the current context, the parse can continue. 5916 5917 For example: 5918 5919 @example 5920 stmnts: /* empty string */ 5921 | stmnts '\n' 5922 | stmnts exp '\n' 5923 | stmnts error '\n' 5924 @end example 5925 5926 The fourth rule in this example says that an error followed by a newline 5927 makes a valid addition to any @code{stmnts}. 5928 5929 What happens if a syntax error occurs in the middle of an @code{exp}? The 5930 error recovery rule, interpreted strictly, applies to the precise sequence 5931 of a @code{stmnts}, an @code{error} and a newline. If an error occurs in 5932 the middle of an @code{exp}, there will probably be some additional tokens 5933 and subexpressions on the stack after the last @code{stmnts}, and there 5934 will be tokens to read before the next newline. So the rule is not 5935 applicable in the ordinary way. 5936 5937 But Bison can force the situation to fit the rule, by discarding part of 5938 the semantic context and part of the input. First it discards states 5939 and objects from the stack until it gets back to a state in which the 5940 @code{error} token is acceptable. (This means that the subexpressions 5941 already parsed are discarded, back to the last complete @code{stmnts}.) 5942 At this point the @code{error} token can be shifted. Then, if the old 5943 look-ahead token is not acceptable to be shifted next, the parser reads 5944 tokens and discards them until it finds a token which is acceptable. In 5945 this example, Bison reads and discards input until the next newline so 5946 that the fourth rule can apply. Note that discarded symbols are 5947 possible sources of memory leaks, see @ref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing 5948 Discarded Symbols}, for a means to reclaim this memory. 5949 5950 The choice of error rules in the grammar is a choice of strategies for 5951 error recovery. A simple and useful strategy is simply to skip the rest of 5952 the current input line or current statement if an error is detected: 5953 5954 @example 5955 stmnt: error ';' /* On error, skip until ';' is read. */ 5956 @end example 5957 5958 It is also useful to recover to the matching close-delimiter of an 5959 opening-delimiter that has already been parsed. Otherwise the 5960 close-delimiter will probably appear to be unmatched, and generate another, 5961 spurious error message: 5962 5963 @example 5964 primary: '(' expr ')' 5965 | '(' error ')' 5966 @dots{} 5967 ; 5968 @end example 5969 5970 Error recovery strategies are necessarily guesses. When they guess wrong, 5971 one syntax error often leads to another. In the above example, the error 5972 recovery rule guesses that an error is due to bad input within one 5973 @code{stmnt}. Suppose that instead a spurious semicolon is inserted in the 5974 middle of a valid @code{stmnt}. After the error recovery rule recovers 5975 from the first error, another syntax error will be found straightaway, 5976 since the text following the spurious semicolon is also an invalid 5977 @code{stmnt}. 5978 5979 To prevent an outpouring of error messages, the parser will output no error 5980 message for another syntax error that happens shortly after the first; only 5981 after three consecutive input tokens have been successfully shifted will 5982 error messages resume. 5983 5984 Note that rules which accept the @code{error} token may have actions, just 5985 as any other rules can. 5986 5987 @findex yyerrok 5988 You can make error messages resume immediately by using the macro 5989 @code{yyerrok} in an action. If you do this in the error rule's action, no 5990 error messages will be suppressed. This macro requires no arguments; 5991 @samp{yyerrok;} is a valid C statement. 5992 5993 @findex yyclearin 5994 The previous look-ahead token is reanalyzed immediately after an error. If 5995 this is unacceptable, then the macro @code{yyclearin} may be used to clear 5996 this token. Write the statement @samp{yyclearin;} in the error rule's 5997 action. 5998 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}. 5999 6000 For example, suppose that on a syntax error, an error handling routine is 6001 called that advances the input stream to some point where parsing should 6002 once again commence. The next symbol returned by the lexical scanner is 6003 probably correct. The previous look-ahead token ought to be discarded 6004 with @samp{yyclearin;}. 6005 6006 @vindex YYRECOVERING 6007 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser 6008 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise. 6009 Syntax error diagnostics are suppressed while recovering from a syntax 6010 error. 6011 6012 @node Context Dependency 6013 @chapter Handling Context Dependencies 6014 6015 The Bison paradigm is to parse tokens first, then group them into larger 6016 syntactic units. In many languages, the meaning of a token is affected by 6017 its context. Although this violates the Bison paradigm, certain techniques 6018 (known as @dfn{kludges}) may enable you to write Bison parsers for such 6019 languages. 6020 6021 @menu 6022 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context. 6023 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context. 6024 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how 6025 error recovery rules must be written. 6026 @end menu 6027 6028 (Actually, ``kludge'' means any technique that gets its job done but is 6029 neither clean nor robust.) 6030 6031 @node Semantic Tokens 6032 @section Semantic Info in Token Types 6033 6034 The C language has a context dependency: the way an identifier is used 6035 depends on what its current meaning is. For example, consider this: 6036 6037 @example 6038 foo (x); 6039 @end example 6040 6041 This looks like a function call statement, but if @code{foo} is a typedef 6042 name, then this is actually a declaration of @code{x}. How can a Bison 6043 parser for C decide how to parse this input? 6044 6045 The method used in @acronym{GNU} C is to have two different token types, 6046 @code{IDENTIFIER} and @code{TYPENAME}. When @code{yylex} finds an 6047 identifier, it looks up the current declaration of the identifier in order 6048 to decide which token type to return: @code{TYPENAME} if the identifier is 6049 declared as a typedef, @code{IDENTIFIER} otherwise. 6050 6051 The grammar rules can then express the context dependency by the choice of 6052 token type to recognize. @code{IDENTIFIER} is accepted as an expression, 6053 but @code{TYPENAME} is not. @code{TYPENAME} can start a declaration, but 6054 @code{IDENTIFIER} cannot. In contexts where the meaning of the identifier 6055 is @emph{not} significant, such as in declarations that can shadow a 6056 typedef name, either @code{TYPENAME} or @code{IDENTIFIER} is 6057 accepted---there is one rule for each of the two token types. 6058 6059 This technique is simple to use if the decision of which kinds of 6060 identifiers to allow is made at a place close to where the identifier is 6061 parsed. But in C this is not always so: C allows a declaration to 6062 redeclare a typedef name provided an explicit type has been specified 6063 earlier: 6064 6065 @example 6066 typedef int foo, bar; 6067 int baz (void) 6068 @{ 6069 static bar (bar); /* @r{redeclare @code{bar} as static variable} */ 6070 extern foo foo (foo); /* @r{redeclare @code{foo} as function} */ 6071 return foo (bar); 6072 @} 6073 @end example 6074 6075 Unfortunately, the name being declared is separated from the declaration 6076 construct itself by a complicated syntactic structure---the ``declarator''. 6077 6078 As a result, part of the Bison parser for C needs to be duplicated, with 6079 all the nonterminal names changed: once for parsing a declaration in 6080 which a typedef name can be redefined, and once for parsing a 6081 declaration in which that can't be done. Here is a part of the 6082 duplication, with actions omitted for brevity: 6083 6084 @example 6085 initdcl: 6086 declarator maybeasm '=' 6087 init 6088 | declarator maybeasm 6089 ; 6090 6091 notype_initdcl: 6092 notype_declarator maybeasm '=' 6093 init 6094 | notype_declarator maybeasm 6095 ; 6096 @end example 6097 6098 @noindent 6099 Here @code{initdcl} can redeclare a typedef name, but @code{notype_initdcl} 6100 cannot. The distinction between @code{declarator} and 6101 @code{notype_declarator} is the same sort of thing. 6102 6103 There is some similarity between this technique and a lexical tie-in 6104 (described next), in that information which alters the lexical analysis is 6105 changed during parsing by other parts of the program. The difference is 6106 here the information is global, and is used for other purposes in the 6107 program. A true lexical tie-in has a special-purpose flag controlled by 6108 the syntactic context. 6109 6110 @node Lexical Tie-ins 6111 @section Lexical Tie-ins 6112 @cindex lexical tie-in 6113 6114 One way to handle context-dependency is the @dfn{lexical tie-in}: a flag 6115 which is set by Bison actions, whose purpose is to alter the way tokens are 6116 parsed. 6117 6118 For example, suppose we have a language vaguely like C, but with a special 6119 construct @samp{hex (@var{hex-expr})}. After the keyword @code{hex} comes 6120 an expression in parentheses in which all integers are hexadecimal. In 6121 particular, the token @samp{a1b} must be treated as an integer rather than 6122 as an identifier if it appears in that context. Here is how you can do it: 6123 6124 @example 6125 @group 6126 %@{ 6127 int hexflag; 6128 int yylex (void); 6129 void yyerror (char const *); 6130 %@} 6131 %% 6132 @dots{} 6133 @end group 6134 @group 6135 expr: IDENTIFIER 6136 | constant 6137 | HEX '(' 6138 @{ hexflag = 1; @} 6139 expr ')' 6140 @{ hexflag = 0; 6141 $$ = $4; @} 6142 | expr '+' expr 6143 @{ $$ = make_sum ($1, $3); @} 6144 @dots{} 6145 ; 6146 @end group 6147 6148 @group 6149 constant: 6150 INTEGER 6151 | STRING 6152 ; 6153 @end group 6154 @end example 6155 6156 @noindent 6157 Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when 6158 it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting 6159 with letters are parsed as integers if possible. 6160 6161 The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file 6162 is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}). 6163 You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag. 6164 6165 @node Tie-in Recovery 6166 @section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery 6167 6168 Lexical tie-ins make strict demands on any error recovery rules you have. 6169 @xref{Error Recovery}. 6170 6171 The reason for this is that the purpose of an error recovery rule is to 6172 abort the parsing of one construct and resume in some larger construct. 6173 For example, in C-like languages, a typical error recovery rule is to skip 6174 tokens until the next semicolon, and then start a new statement, like this: 6175 6176 @example 6177 stmt: expr ';' 6178 | IF '(' expr ')' stmt @{ @dots{} @} 6179 @dots{} 6180 error ';' 6181 @{ hexflag = 0; @} 6182 ; 6183 @end example 6184 6185 If there is a syntax error in the middle of a @samp{hex (@var{expr})} 6186 construct, this error rule will apply, and then the action for the 6187 completed @samp{hex (@var{expr})} will never run. So @code{hexflag} would 6188 remain set for the entire rest of the input, or until the next @code{hex} 6189 keyword, causing identifiers to be misinterpreted as integers. 6190 6191 To avoid this problem the error recovery rule itself clears @code{hexflag}. 6192 6193 There may also be an error recovery rule that works within expressions. 6194 For example, there could be a rule which applies within parentheses 6195 and skips to the close-parenthesis: 6196 6197 @example 6198 @group 6199 expr: @dots{} 6200 | '(' expr ')' 6201 @{ $$ = $2; @} 6202 | '(' error ')' 6203 @dots{} 6204 @end group 6205 @end example 6206 6207 If this rule acts within the @code{hex} construct, it is not going to abort 6208 that construct (since it applies to an inner level of parentheses within 6209 the construct). Therefore, it should not clear the flag: the rest of 6210 the @code{hex} construct should be parsed with the flag still in effect. 6211 6212 What if there is an error recovery rule which might abort out of the 6213 @code{hex} construct or might not, depending on circumstances? There is no 6214 way you can write the action to determine whether a @code{hex} construct is 6215 being aborted or not. So if you are using a lexical tie-in, you had better 6216 make sure your error recovery rules are not of this kind. Each rule must 6217 be such that you can be sure that it always will, or always won't, have to 6218 clear the flag. 6219 6220 @c ================================================== Debugging Your Parser 6221 6222 @node Debugging 6223 @chapter Debugging Your Parser 6224 6225 Developing a parser can be a challenge, especially if you don't 6226 understand the algorithm (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser 6227 Algorithm}). Even so, sometimes a detailed description of the automaton 6228 can help (@pxref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}), or 6229 tracing the execution of the parser can give some insight on why it 6230 behaves improperly (@pxref{Tracing, , Tracing Your Parser}). 6231 6232 @menu 6233 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser. 6234 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser. 6235 @end menu 6236 6237 @node Understanding 6238 @section Understanding Your Parser 6239 6240 As documented elsewhere (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}) 6241 Bison parsers are @dfn{shift/reduce automata}. In some cases (much more 6242 frequent than one would hope), looking at this automaton is required to 6243 tune or simply fix a parser. Bison provides two different 6244 representation of it, either textually or graphically (as a @acronym{VCG} 6245 file). 6246 6247 The textual file is generated when the options @option{--report} or 6248 @option{--verbose} are specified, see @xref{Invocation, , Invoking 6249 Bison}. Its name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from 6250 the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead. 6251 Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is 6252 called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose 6253 output file is called @file{foo.output}. 6254 6255 The following grammar file, @file{calc.y}, will be used in the sequel: 6256 6257 @example 6258 %token NUM STR 6259 %left '+' '-' 6260 %left '*' 6261 %% 6262 exp: exp '+' exp 6263 | exp '-' exp 6264 | exp '*' exp 6265 | exp '/' exp 6266 | NUM 6267 ; 6268 useless: STR; 6269 %% 6270 @end example 6271 6272 @command{bison} reports: 6273 6274 @example 6275 calc.y: warning: 1 useless nonterminal and 1 useless rule 6276 calc.y:11.1-7: warning: useless nonterminal: useless 6277 calc.y:11.10-12: warning: useless rule: useless: STR 6278 calc.y: conflicts: 7 shift/reduce 6279 @end example 6280 6281 When given @option{--report=state}, in addition to @file{calc.tab.c}, it 6282 creates a file @file{calc.output} with contents detailed below. The 6283 order of the output and the exact presentation might vary, but the 6284 interpretation is the same. 6285 6286 The first section includes details on conflicts that were solved thanks 6287 to precedence and/or associativity: 6288 6289 @example 6290 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '+' resolved as reduce. 6291 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '-' resolved as reduce. 6292 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '*' resolved as shift. 6293 @exdent @dots{} 6294 @end example 6295 6296 @noindent 6297 The next section lists states that still have conflicts. 6298 6299 @example 6300 State 8 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce 6301 State 9 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce 6302 State 10 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce 6303 State 11 conflicts: 4 shift/reduce 6304 @end example 6305 6306 @noindent 6307 @cindex token, useless 6308 @cindex useless token 6309 @cindex nonterminal, useless 6310 @cindex useless nonterminal 6311 @cindex rule, useless 6312 @cindex useless rule 6313 The next section reports useless tokens, nonterminal and rules. Useless 6314 nonterminals and rules are removed in order to produce a smaller parser, 6315 but useless tokens are preserved, since they might be used by the 6316 scanner (note the difference between ``useless'' and ``not used'' 6317 below): 6318 6319 @example 6320 Useless nonterminals: 6321 useless 6322 6323 Terminals which are not used: 6324 STR 6325 6326 Useless rules: 6327 #6 useless: STR; 6328 @end example 6329 6330 @noindent 6331 The next section reproduces the exact grammar that Bison used: 6332 6333 @example 6334 Grammar 6335 6336 Number, Line, Rule 6337 0 5 $accept -> exp $end 6338 1 5 exp -> exp '+' exp 6339 2 6 exp -> exp '-' exp 6340 3 7 exp -> exp '*' exp 6341 4 8 exp -> exp '/' exp 6342 5 9 exp -> NUM 6343 @end example 6344 6345 @noindent 6346 and reports the uses of the symbols: 6347 6348 @example 6349 Terminals, with rules where they appear 6350 6351 $end (0) 0 6352 '*' (42) 3 6353 '+' (43) 1 6354 '-' (45) 2 6355 '/' (47) 4 6356 error (256) 6357 NUM (258) 5 6358 6359 Nonterminals, with rules where they appear 6360 6361 $accept (8) 6362 on left: 0 6363 exp (9) 6364 on left: 1 2 3 4 5, on right: 0 1 2 3 4 6365 @end example 6366 6367 @noindent 6368 @cindex item 6369 @cindex pointed rule 6370 @cindex rule, pointed 6371 Bison then proceeds onto the automaton itself, describing each state 6372 with it set of @dfn{items}, also known as @dfn{pointed rules}. Each 6373 item is a production rule together with a point (marked by @samp{.}) 6374 that the input cursor. 6375 6376 @example 6377 state 0 6378 6379 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0) 6380 6381 NUM shift, and go to state 1 6382 6383 exp go to state 2 6384 @end example 6385 6386 This reads as follows: ``state 0 corresponds to being at the very 6387 beginning of the parsing, in the initial rule, right before the start 6388 symbol (here, @code{exp}). When the parser returns to this state right 6389 after having reduced a rule that produced an @code{exp}, the control 6390 flow jumps to state 2. If there is no such transition on a nonterminal 6391 symbol, and the look-ahead is a @code{NUM}, then this token is shifted on 6392 the parse stack, and the control flow jumps to state 1. Any other 6393 look-ahead triggers a syntax error.'' 6394 6395 @cindex core, item set 6396 @cindex item set core 6397 @cindex kernel, item set 6398 @cindex item set core 6399 Even though the only active rule in state 0 seems to be rule 0, the 6400 report lists @code{NUM} as a look-ahead token because @code{NUM} can be 6401 at the beginning of any rule deriving an @code{exp}. By default Bison 6402 reports the so-called @dfn{core} or @dfn{kernel} of the item set, but if 6403 you want to see more detail you can invoke @command{bison} with 6404 @option{--report=itemset} to list all the items, include those that can 6405 be derived: 6406 6407 @example 6408 state 0 6409 6410 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0) 6411 exp -> . exp '+' exp (rule 1) 6412 exp -> . exp '-' exp (rule 2) 6413 exp -> . exp '*' exp (rule 3) 6414 exp -> . exp '/' exp (rule 4) 6415 exp -> . NUM (rule 5) 6416 6417 NUM shift, and go to state 1 6418 6419 exp go to state 2 6420 @end example 6421 6422 @noindent 6423 In the state 1... 6424 6425 @example 6426 state 1 6427 6428 exp -> NUM . (rule 5) 6429 6430 $default reduce using rule 5 (exp) 6431 @end example 6432 6433 @noindent 6434 the rule 5, @samp{exp: NUM;}, is completed. Whatever the look-ahead token 6435 (@samp{$default}), the parser will reduce it. If it was coming from 6436 state 0, then, after this reduction it will return to state 0, and will 6437 jump to state 2 (@samp{exp: go to state 2}). 6438 6439 @example 6440 state 2 6441 6442 $accept -> exp . $ (rule 0) 6443 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1) 6444 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2) 6445 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3) 6446 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4) 6447 6448 $ shift, and go to state 3 6449 '+' shift, and go to state 4 6450 '-' shift, and go to state 5 6451 '*' shift, and go to state 6 6452 '/' shift, and go to state 7 6453 @end example 6454 6455 @noindent 6456 In state 2, the automaton can only shift a symbol. For instance, 6457 because of the item @samp{exp -> exp . '+' exp}, if the look-ahead if 6458 @samp{+}, it will be shifted on the parse stack, and the automaton 6459 control will jump to state 4, corresponding to the item @samp{exp -> exp 6460 '+' . exp}. Since there is no default action, any other token than 6461 those listed above will trigger a syntax error. 6462 6463 The state 3 is named the @dfn{final state}, or the @dfn{accepting 6464 state}: 6465 6466 @example 6467 state 3 6468 6469 $accept -> exp $ . (rule 0) 6470 6471 $default accept 6472 @end example 6473 6474 @noindent 6475 the initial rule is completed (the start symbol and the end 6476 of input were read), the parsing exits successfully. 6477 6478 The interpretation of states 4 to 7 is straightforward, and is left to 6479 the reader. 6480 6481 @example 6482 state 4 6483 6484 exp -> exp '+' . exp (rule 1) 6485 6486 NUM shift, and go to state 1 6487 6488 exp go to state 8 6489 6490 state 5 6491 6492 exp -> exp '-' . exp (rule 2) 6493 6494 NUM shift, and go to state 1 6495 6496 exp go to state 9 6497 6498 state 6 6499 6500 exp -> exp '*' . exp (rule 3) 6501 6502 NUM shift, and go to state 1 6503 6504 exp go to state 10 6505 6506 state 7 6507 6508 exp -> exp '/' . exp (rule 4) 6509 6510 NUM shift, and go to state 1 6511 6512 exp go to state 11 6513 @end example 6514 6515 As was announced in beginning of the report, @samp{State 8 conflicts: 6516 1 shift/reduce}: 6517 6518 @example 6519 state 8 6520 6521 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1) 6522 exp -> exp '+' exp . (rule 1) 6523 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2) 6524 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3) 6525 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4) 6526 6527 '*' shift, and go to state 6 6528 '/' shift, and go to state 7 6529 6530 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)] 6531 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp) 6532 @end example 6533 6534 Indeed, there are two actions associated to the look-ahead @samp{/}: 6535 either shifting (and going to state 7), or reducing rule 1. The 6536 conflict means that either the grammar is ambiguous, or the parser lacks 6537 information to make the right decision. Indeed the grammar is 6538 ambiguous, as, since we did not specify the precedence of @samp{/}, the 6539 sentence @samp{NUM + NUM / NUM} can be parsed as @samp{NUM + (NUM / 6540 NUM)}, which corresponds to shifting @samp{/}, or as @samp{(NUM + NUM) / 6541 NUM}, which corresponds to reducing rule 1. 6542 6543 Because in @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing a single decision can be made, Bison 6544 arbitrarily chose to disable the reduction, see @ref{Shift/Reduce, , 6545 Shift/Reduce Conflicts}. Discarded actions are reported in between 6546 square brackets. 6547 6548 Note that all the previous states had a single possible action: either 6549 shifting the next token and going to the corresponding state, or 6550 reducing a single rule. In the other cases, i.e., when shifting 6551 @emph{and} reducing is possible or when @emph{several} reductions are 6552 possible, the look-ahead is required to select the action. State 8 is 6553 one such state: if the look-ahead is @samp{*} or @samp{/} then the action 6554 is shifting, otherwise the action is reducing rule 1. In other words, 6555 the first two items, corresponding to rule 1, are not eligible when the 6556 look-ahead token is @samp{*}, since we specified that @samp{*} has higher 6557 precedence than @samp{+}. More generally, some items are eligible only 6558 with some set of possible look-ahead tokens. When run with 6559 @option{--report=look-ahead}, Bison specifies these look-ahead tokens: 6560 6561 @example 6562 state 8 6563 6564 exp -> exp . '+' exp [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1) 6565 exp -> exp '+' exp . [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1) 6566 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2) 6567 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3) 6568 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4) 6569 6570 '*' shift, and go to state 6 6571 '/' shift, and go to state 7 6572 6573 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)] 6574 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp) 6575 @end example 6576 6577 The remaining states are similar: 6578 6579 @example 6580 state 9 6581 6582 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1) 6583 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2) 6584 exp -> exp '-' exp . (rule 2) 6585 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3) 6586 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4) 6587 6588 '*' shift, and go to state 6 6589 '/' shift, and go to state 7 6590 6591 '/' [reduce using rule 2 (exp)] 6592 $default reduce using rule 2 (exp) 6593 6594 state 10 6595 6596 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1) 6597 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2) 6598 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3) 6599 exp -> exp '*' exp . (rule 3) 6600 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4) 6601 6602 '/' shift, and go to state 7 6603 6604 '/' [reduce using rule 3 (exp)] 6605 $default reduce using rule 3 (exp) 6606 6607 state 11 6608 6609 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1) 6610 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2) 6611 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3) 6612 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4) 6613 exp -> exp '/' exp . (rule 4) 6614 6615 '+' shift, and go to state 4 6616 '-' shift, and go to state 5 6617 '*' shift, and go to state 6 6618 '/' shift, and go to state 7 6619 6620 '+' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)] 6621 '-' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)] 6622 '*' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)] 6623 '/' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)] 6624 $default reduce using rule 4 (exp) 6625 @end example 6626 6627 @noindent 6628 Observe that state 11 contains conflicts not only due to the lack of 6629 precedence of @samp{/} with respect to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, and 6630 @samp{*}, but also because the 6631 associativity of @samp{/} is not specified. 6632 6633 6634 @node Tracing 6635 @section Tracing Your Parser 6636 @findex yydebug 6637 @cindex debugging 6638 @cindex tracing the parser 6639 6640 If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it 6641 runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why. 6642 6643 There are several means to enable compilation of trace facilities: 6644 6645 @table @asis 6646 @item the macro @code{YYDEBUG} 6647 @findex YYDEBUG 6648 Define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the 6649 parser. This is compliant with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc. You could use 6650 @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define 6651 YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The 6652 Prologue}). 6653 6654 @item the option @option{-t}, @option{--debug} 6655 Use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation, 6656 ,Invoking Bison}). This is @acronym{POSIX} compliant too. 6657 6658 @item the directive @samp{%debug} 6659 @findex %debug 6660 Add the @code{%debug} directive (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison 6661 Declaration Summary}). This is a Bison extension, which will prove 6662 useful when Bison will output parsers for languages that don't use a 6663 preprocessor. Unless @acronym{POSIX} and Yacc portability matter to 6664 you, this is 6665 the preferred solution. 6666 @end table 6667 6668 We suggest that you always enable the debug option so that debugging is 6669 always possible. 6670 6671 The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form 6672 @code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where 6673 @var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and 6674 arguments. If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not 6675 define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included 6676 and @code{YYPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}. 6677 6678 Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to 6679 request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}. 6680 You can do this by making the C code do it (in @code{main}, perhaps), or 6681 you can alter the value with a C debugger. 6682 6683 Each step taken by the parser when @code{yydebug} is nonzero produces a 6684 line or two of trace information, written on @code{stderr}. The trace 6685 messages tell you these things: 6686 6687 @itemize @bullet 6688 @item 6689 Each time the parser calls @code{yylex}, what kind of token was read. 6690 6691 @item 6692 Each time a token is shifted, the depth and complete contents of the 6693 state stack (@pxref{Parser States}). 6694 6695 @item 6696 Each time a rule is reduced, which rule it is, and the complete contents 6697 of the state stack afterward. 6698 @end itemize 6699 6700 To make sense of this information, it helps to refer to the listing file 6701 produced by the Bison @samp{-v} option (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking 6702 Bison}). This file shows the meaning of each state in terms of 6703 positions in various rules, and also what each state will do with each 6704 possible input token. As you read the successive trace messages, you 6705 can see that the parser is functioning according to its specification in 6706 the listing file. Eventually you will arrive at the place where 6707 something undesirable happens, and you will see which parts of the 6708 grammar are to blame. 6709 6710 The parser file is a C program and you can use C debuggers on it, but it's 6711 not easy to interpret what it is doing. The parser function is a 6712 finite-state machine interpreter, and aside from the actions it executes 6713 the same code over and over. Only the values of variables show where in 6714 the grammar it is working. 6715 6716 @findex YYPRINT 6717 The debugging information normally gives the token type of each token 6718 read, but not its semantic value. You can optionally define a macro 6719 named @code{YYPRINT} to provide a way to print the value. If you define 6720 @code{YYPRINT}, it should take three arguments. The parser will pass a 6721 standard I/O stream, the numeric code for the token type, and the token 6722 value (from @code{yylval}). 6723 6724 Here is an example of @code{YYPRINT} suitable for the multi-function 6725 calculator (@pxref{Mfcalc Decl, ,Declarations for @code{mfcalc}}): 6726 6727 @smallexample 6728 %@{ 6729 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE); 6730 #define YYPRINT(file, type, value) print_token_value (file, type, value) 6731 %@} 6732 6733 @dots{} %% @dots{} %% @dots{} 6734 6735 static void 6736 print_token_value (FILE *file, int type, YYSTYPE value) 6737 @{ 6738 if (type == VAR) 6739 fprintf (file, "%s", value.tptr->name); 6740 else if (type == NUM) 6741 fprintf (file, "%d", value.val); 6742 @} 6743 @end smallexample 6744 6745 @c ================================================= Invoking Bison 6746 6747 @node Invocation 6748 @chapter Invoking Bison 6749 @cindex invoking Bison 6750 @cindex Bison invocation 6751 @cindex options for invoking Bison 6752 6753 The usual way to invoke Bison is as follows: 6754 6755 @example 6756 bison @var{infile} 6757 @end example 6758 6759 Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in 6760 @samp{.y}. The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y} 6761 with @samp{.tab.c} and removing any leading directory. Thus, the 6762 @samp{bison foo.y} file name yields 6763 @file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} file name yields 6764 @file{foo.tab.c}. It's also possible, in case you are writing 6765 C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp} 6766 or @file{foo.y++}. Then, the output files will take an extension like 6767 the given one as input (respectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and 6768 @file{foo.tab.c++}). 6769 This feature takes effect with all options that manipulate file names like 6770 @samp{-o} or @samp{-d}. 6771 6772 For example : 6773 6774 @example 6775 bison -d @var{infile.yxx} 6776 @end example 6777 @noindent 6778 will produce @file{infile.tab.cxx} and @file{infile.tab.hxx}, and 6779 6780 @example 6781 bison -d -o @var{output.c++} @var{infile.y} 6782 @end example 6783 @noindent 6784 will produce @file{output.c++} and @file{outfile.h++}. 6785 6786 For compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}, the standard Bison 6787 distribution also contains a shell script called @command{yacc} that 6788 invokes Bison with the @option{-y} option. 6789 6790 @menu 6791 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail, 6792 in alphabetical order by short options. 6793 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options. 6794 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}. 6795 @end menu 6796 6797 @node Bison Options 6798 @section Bison Options 6799 6800 Bison supports both traditional single-letter options and mnemonic long 6801 option names. Long option names are indicated with @samp{--} instead of 6802 @samp{-}. Abbreviations for option names are allowed as long as they 6803 are unique. When a long option takes an argument, like 6804 @samp{--file-prefix}, connect the option name and the argument with 6805 @samp{=}. 6806 6807 Here is a list of options that can be used with Bison, alphabetized by 6808 short option. It is followed by a cross key alphabetized by long 6809 option. 6810 6811 @c Please, keep this ordered as in `bison --help'. 6812 @noindent 6813 Operations modes: 6814 @table @option 6815 @item -h 6816 @itemx --help 6817 Print a summary of the command-line options to Bison and exit. 6818 6819 @item -V 6820 @itemx --version 6821 Print the version number of Bison and exit. 6822 6823 @item --print-localedir 6824 Print the name of the directory containing locale-dependent data. 6825 6826 @item -y 6827 @itemx --yacc 6828 Act more like the traditional Yacc command. This can cause 6829 different diagnostics to be generated, and may change behavior in 6830 other minor ways. Most importantly, imitate Yacc's output 6831 file name conventions, so that the parser output file is called 6832 @file{y.tab.c}, and the other outputs are called @file{y.output} and 6833 @file{y.tab.h}. Thus, the following shell script can substitute 6834 for Yacc, and the Bison distribution contains such a script for 6835 compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}: 6836 6837 @example 6838 #! /bin/sh 6839 bison -y "$@@" 6840 @end example 6841 6842 The @option{-y}/@option{--yacc} option is intended for use with 6843 traditional Yacc grammars. If your grammar uses a Bison extension 6844 like @samp{%glr-parser}, Bison might not be Yacc-compatible even if 6845 this option is specified. 6846 6847 @end table 6848 6849 @noindent 6850 Tuning the parser: 6851 6852 @table @option 6853 @item -S @var{file} 6854 @itemx --skeleton=@var{file} 6855 Specify the skeleton to use. You probably don't need this option unless 6856 you are developing Bison. 6857 6858 @item -t 6859 @itemx --debug 6860 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not 6861 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled. 6862 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}. 6863 6864 @item --locations 6865 Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}. 6866 6867 @item -p @var{prefix} 6868 @itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix} 6869 Pretend that @code{%name-prefix="@var{prefix}"} was specified. 6870 @xref{Decl Summary}. 6871 6872 @item -l 6873 @itemx --no-lines 6874 Don't put any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser file. 6875 Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler 6876 and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the 6877 grammar file. This option causes them to associate errors with the 6878 parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right. 6879 6880 @item -n 6881 @itemx --no-parser 6882 Pretend that @code{%no-parser} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}. 6883 6884 @item -k 6885 @itemx --token-table 6886 Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}. 6887 @end table 6888 6889 @noindent 6890 Adjust the output: 6891 6892 @table @option 6893 @item -d 6894 @itemx --defines 6895 Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output 6896 file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in 6897 the grammar, as well as a few other declarations. @xref{Decl Summary}. 6898 6899 @item --defines=@var{defines-file} 6900 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}. 6901 6902 @item -b @var{file-prefix} 6903 @itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix} 6904 Pretend that @code{%file-prefix} was specified, i.e, specify prefix to use 6905 for all Bison output file names. @xref{Decl Summary}. 6906 6907 @item -r @var{things} 6908 @itemx --report=@var{things} 6909 Write an extra output file containing verbose description of the comma 6910 separated list of @var{things} among: 6911 6912 @table @code 6913 @item state 6914 Description of the grammar, conflicts (resolved and unresolved), and 6915 @acronym{LALR} automaton. 6916 6917 @item look-ahead 6918 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with 6919 each rule's look-ahead set. 6920 6921 @item itemset 6922 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with 6923 the full set of items for each state, instead of its core only. 6924 @end table 6925 6926 @item -v 6927 @itemx --verbose 6928 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, write an extra output 6929 file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and 6930 parser. @xref{Decl Summary}. 6931 6932 @item -o @var{file} 6933 @itemx --output=@var{file} 6934 Specify the @var{file} for the parser file. 6935 6936 The other output files' names are constructed from @var{file} as 6937 described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options. 6938 6939 @item -g 6940 Output a @acronym{VCG} definition of the @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar 6941 automaton computed by Bison. If the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the 6942 @acronym{VCG} output file will 6943 be @file{foo.vcg}. 6944 6945 @item --graph=@var{graph-file} 6946 The behavior of @var{--graph} is the same than @samp{-g}. The only 6947 difference is that it has an optional argument which is the name of 6948 the output graph file. 6949 @end table 6950 6951 @node Option Cross Key 6952 @section Option Cross Key 6953 6954 @c FIXME: How about putting the directives too? 6955 Here is a list of options, alphabetized by long option, to help you find 6956 the corresponding short option. 6957 6958 @multitable {@option{--defines=@var{defines-file}}} {@option{-b @var{file-prefix}XXX}} 6959 @headitem Long Option @tab Short Option 6960 @item @option{--debug} @tab @option{-t} 6961 @item @option{--defines=@var{defines-file}} @tab @option{-d} 6962 @item @option{--file-prefix=@var{prefix}} @tab @option{-b @var{file-prefix}} 6963 @item @option{--graph=@var{graph-file}} @tab @option{-d} 6964 @item @option{--help} @tab @option{-h} 6965 @item @option{--name-prefix=@var{prefix}} @tab @option{-p @var{name-prefix}} 6966 @item @option{--no-lines} @tab @option{-l} 6967 @item @option{--no-parser} @tab @option{-n} 6968 @item @option{--output=@var{outfile}} @tab @option{-o @var{outfile}} 6969 @item @option{--print-localedir} @tab 6970 @item @option{--token-table} @tab @option{-k} 6971 @item @option{--verbose} @tab @option{-v} 6972 @item @option{--version} @tab @option{-V} 6973 @item @option{--yacc} @tab @option{-y} 6974 @end multitable 6975 6976 @node Yacc Library 6977 @section Yacc Library 6978 6979 The Yacc library contains default implementations of the 6980 @code{yyerror} and @code{main} functions. These default 6981 implementations are normally not useful, but @acronym{POSIX} requires 6982 them. To use the Yacc library, link your program with the 6983 @option{-ly} option. Note that Bison's implementation of the Yacc 6984 library is distributed under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} General 6985 Public License (@pxref{Copying}). 6986 6987 If you use the Yacc library's @code{yyerror} function, you should 6988 declare @code{yyerror} as follows: 6989 6990 @example 6991 int yyerror (char const *); 6992 @end example 6993 6994 Bison ignores the @code{int} value returned by this @code{yyerror}. 6995 If you use the Yacc library's @code{main} function, your 6996 @code{yyparse} function should have the following type signature: 6997 6998 @example 6999 int yyparse (void); 7000 @end example 7001 7002 @c ================================================= C++ Bison 7003 7004 @node C++ Language Interface 7005 @chapter C++ Language Interface 7006 7007 @menu 7008 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes 7009 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use 7010 @end menu 7011 7012 @node C++ Parsers 7013 @section C++ Parsers 7014 7015 @menu 7016 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation 7017 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++ 7018 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes 7019 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser 7020 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse 7021 @end menu 7022 7023 @node C++ Bison Interface 7024 @subsection C++ Bison Interface 7025 @c - %skeleton "lalr1.cc" 7026 @c - Always pure 7027 @c - initial action 7028 7029 The C++ parser @acronym{LALR}(1) skeleton is named @file{lalr1.cc}. To 7030 select it, you may either pass the option @option{--skeleton=lalr1.cc} 7031 to Bison, or include the directive @samp{%skeleton "lalr1.cc"} in the 7032 grammar preamble. When run, @command{bison} will create several 7033 entities in the @samp{yy} namespace. Use the @samp{%name-prefix} 7034 directive to change the namespace name, see @ref{Decl Summary}. The 7035 various classes are generated in the following files: 7036 7037 @table @file 7038 @item position.hh 7039 @itemx location.hh 7040 The definition of the classes @code{position} and @code{location}, 7041 used for location tracking. @xref{C++ Location Values}. 7042 7043 @item stack.hh 7044 An auxiliary class @code{stack} used by the parser. 7045 7046 @item @var{file}.hh 7047 @itemx @var{file}.cc 7048 (Assuming the extension of the input file was @samp{.yy}.) The 7049 declaration and implementation of the C++ parser class. The basename 7050 and extension of these two files follow the same rules as with regular C 7051 parsers (@pxref{Invocation}). 7052 7053 The header is @emph{mandatory}; you must either pass 7054 @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, or use the 7055 @samp{%defines} directive. 7056 @end table 7057 7058 All these files are documented using Doxygen; run @command{doxygen} 7059 for a complete and accurate documentation. 7060 7061 @node C++ Semantic Values 7062 @subsection C++ Semantic Values 7063 @c - No objects in unions 7064 @c - YSTYPE 7065 @c - Printer and destructor 7066 7067 The @code{%union} directive works as for C, see @ref{Union Decl, ,The 7068 Collection of Value Types}. In particular it produces a genuine 7069 @code{union}@footnote{In the future techniques to allow complex types 7070 within pseudo-unions (similar to Boost variants) might be implemented to 7071 alleviate these issues.}, which have a few specific features in C++. 7072 @itemize @minus 7073 @item 7074 The type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined but its use is discouraged: rather 7075 you should refer to the parser's encapsulated type 7076 @code{yy::parser::semantic_type}. 7077 @item 7078 Non POD (Plain Old Data) types cannot be used. C++ forbids any 7079 instance of classes with constructors in unions: only @emph{pointers} 7080 to such objects are allowed. 7081 @end itemize 7082 7083 Because objects have to be stored via pointers, memory is not 7084 reclaimed automatically: using the @code{%destructor} directive is the 7085 only means to avoid leaks. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded 7086 Symbols}. 7087 7088 7089 @node C++ Location Values 7090 @subsection C++ Location Values 7091 @c - %locations 7092 @c - class Position 7093 @c - class Location 7094 @c - %define "filename_type" "const symbol::Symbol" 7095 7096 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the C++ parser supports 7097 location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. Two 7098 auxiliary classes define a @code{position}, a single point in a file, 7099 and a @code{location}, a range composed of a pair of 7100 @code{position}s (possibly spanning several files). 7101 7102 @deftypemethod {position} {std::string*} file 7103 The name of the file. It will always be handled as a pointer, the 7104 parser will never duplicate nor deallocate it. As an experimental 7105 feature you may change it to @samp{@var{type}*} using @samp{%define 7106 "filename_type" "@var{type}"}. 7107 @end deftypemethod 7108 7109 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} line 7110 The line, starting at 1. 7111 @end deftypemethod 7112 7113 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1) 7114 Advance by @var{height} lines, resetting the column number. 7115 @end deftypemethod 7116 7117 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} column 7118 The column, starting at 0. 7119 @end deftypemethod 7120 7121 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1) 7122 Advance by @var{width} columns, without changing the line number. 7123 @end deftypemethod 7124 7125 @deftypemethod {position} {position&} operator+= (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width}) 7126 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator+ (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width}) 7127 @deftypemethodx {position} {position&} operator-= (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width}) 7128 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator- (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width}) 7129 Various forms of syntactic sugar for @code{columns}. 7130 @end deftypemethod 7131 7132 @deftypemethod {position} {position} operator<< (std::ostream @var{o}, const position& @var{p}) 7133 Report @var{p} on @var{o} like this: 7134 @samp{@var{file}:@var{line}.@var{column}}, or 7135 @samp{@var{line}.@var{column}} if @var{file} is null. 7136 @end deftypemethod 7137 7138 @deftypemethod {location} {position} begin 7139 @deftypemethodx {location} {position} end 7140 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond. 7141 @end deftypemethod 7142 7143 @deftypemethod {location} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1) 7144 @deftypemethodx {location} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1) 7145 Advance the @code{end} position. 7146 @end deftypemethod 7147 7148 @deftypemethod {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, const location& @var{end}) 7149 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, int @var{width}) 7150 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+= (const location& @var{loc}, int @var{width}) 7151 Various forms of syntactic sugar. 7152 @end deftypemethod 7153 7154 @deftypemethod {location} {void} step () 7155 Move @code{begin} onto @code{end}. 7156 @end deftypemethod 7157 7158 7159 @node C++ Parser Interface 7160 @subsection C++ Parser Interface 7161 @c - define parser_class_name 7162 @c - Ctor 7163 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream, 7164 @c debug_stream. 7165 @c - Reporting errors 7166 7167 The output files @file{@var{output}.hh} and @file{@var{output}.cc} 7168 declare and define the parser class in the namespace @code{yy}. The 7169 class name defaults to @code{parser}, but may be changed using 7170 @samp{%define "parser_class_name" "@var{name}"}. The interface of 7171 this class is detailed below. It can be extended using the 7172 @code{%parse-param} feature: its semantics is slightly changed since 7173 it describes an additional member of the parser class, and an 7174 additional argument for its constructor. 7175 7176 @defcv {Type} {parser} {semantic_value_type} 7177 @defcvx {Type} {parser} {location_value_type} 7178 The types for semantics value and locations. 7179 @end defcv 7180 7181 @deftypemethod {parser} {} parser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...) 7182 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless 7183 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used. 7184 @end deftypemethod 7185 7186 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} parse () 7187 Run the syntactic analysis, and return 0 on success, 1 otherwise. 7188 @end deftypemethod 7189 7190 @deftypemethod {parser} {std::ostream&} debug_stream () 7191 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_stream (std::ostream& @var{o}) 7192 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to 7193 @code{std::cerr}. 7194 @end deftypemethod 7195 7196 @deftypemethod {parser} {debug_level_type} debug_level () 7197 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_level (debug_level @var{l}) 7198 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace, 7199 or nonzero, full tracing. 7200 @end deftypemethod 7201 7202 @deftypemethod {parser} {void} error (const location_type& @var{l}, const std::string& @var{m}) 7203 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user: 7204 the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at @var{l}, 7205 described by @var{m}. 7206 @end deftypemethod 7207 7208 7209 @node C++ Scanner Interface 7210 @subsection C++ Scanner Interface 7211 @c - prefix for yylex. 7212 @c - Pure interface to yylex 7213 @c - %lex-param 7214 7215 The parser invokes the scanner by calling @code{yylex}. Contrary to C 7216 parsers, C++ parsers are always pure: there is no point in using the 7217 @code{%pure-parser} directive. Therefore the interface is as follows. 7218 7219 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} yylex (semantic_value_type& @var{yylval}, location_type& @var{yylloc}, @var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...) 7220 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic 7221 value and location being @var{yylval} and @var{yylloc}. Invocations of 7222 @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments. 7223 @end deftypemethod 7224 7225 7226 @node A Complete C++ Example 7227 @section A Complete C++ Example 7228 7229 This section demonstrates the use of a C++ parser with a simple but 7230 complete example. This example should be available on your system, 7231 ready to compile, in the directory @dfn{../bison/examples/calc++}. It 7232 focuses on the use of Bison, therefore the design of the various C++ 7233 classes is very naive: no accessors, no encapsulation of members etc. 7234 We will use a Lex scanner, and more precisely, a Flex scanner, to 7235 demonstrate the various interaction. A hand written scanner is 7236 actually easier to interface with. 7237 7238 @menu 7239 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications 7240 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context 7241 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class 7242 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner 7243 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band 7244 @end menu 7245 7246 @node Calc++ --- C++ Calculator 7247 @subsection Calc++ --- C++ Calculator 7248 7249 Of course the grammar is dedicated to arithmetics, a single 7250 expression, possibly preceded by variable assignments. An 7251 environment containing possibly predefined variables such as 7252 @code{one} and @code{two}, is exchanged with the parser. An example 7253 of valid input follows. 7254 7255 @example 7256 three := 3 7257 seven := one + two * three 7258 seven * seven 7259 @end example 7260 7261 @node Calc++ Parsing Driver 7262 @subsection Calc++ Parsing Driver 7263 @c - An env 7264 @c - A place to store error messages 7265 @c - A place for the result 7266 7267 To support a pure interface with the parser (and the scanner) the 7268 technique of the ``parsing context'' is convenient: a structure 7269 containing all the data to exchange. Since, in addition to simply 7270 launch the parsing, there are several auxiliary tasks to execute (open 7271 the file for parsing, instantiate the parser etc.), we recommend 7272 transforming the simple parsing context structure into a fully blown 7273 @dfn{parsing driver} class. 7274 7275 The declaration of this driver class, @file{calc++-driver.hh}, is as 7276 follows. The first part includes the CPP guard and imports the 7277 required standard library components, and the declaration of the parser 7278 class. 7279 7280 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh 7281 @example 7282 #ifndef CALCXX_DRIVER_HH 7283 # define CALCXX_DRIVER_HH 7284 # include <string> 7285 # include <map> 7286 # include "calc++-parser.hh" 7287 @end example 7288 7289 7290 @noindent 7291 Then comes the declaration of the scanning function. Flex expects 7292 the signature of @code{yylex} to be defined in the macro 7293 @code{YY_DECL}, and the C++ parser expects it to be declared. We can 7294 factor both as follows. 7295 7296 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh 7297 @example 7298 // Announce to Flex the prototype we want for lexing function, ... 7299 # define YY_DECL \ 7300 yy::calcxx_parser::token_type \ 7301 yylex (yy::calcxx_parser::semantic_type* yylval, \ 7302 yy::calcxx_parser::location_type* yylloc, \ 7303 calcxx_driver& driver) 7304 // ... and declare it for the parser's sake. 7305 YY_DECL; 7306 @end example 7307 7308 @noindent 7309 The @code{calcxx_driver} class is then declared with its most obvious 7310 members. 7311 7312 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh 7313 @example 7314 // Conducting the whole scanning and parsing of Calc++. 7315 class calcxx_driver 7316 @{ 7317 public: 7318 calcxx_driver (); 7319 virtual ~calcxx_driver (); 7320 7321 std::map<std::string, int> variables; 7322 7323 int result; 7324 @end example 7325 7326 @noindent 7327 To encapsulate the coordination with the Flex scanner, it is useful to 7328 have two members function to open and close the scanning phase. 7329 members. 7330 7331 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh 7332 @example 7333 // Handling the scanner. 7334 void scan_begin (); 7335 void scan_end (); 7336 bool trace_scanning; 7337 @end example 7338 7339 @noindent 7340 Similarly for the parser itself. 7341 7342 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh 7343 @example 7344 // Handling the parser. 7345 void parse (const std::string& f); 7346 std::string file; 7347 bool trace_parsing; 7348 @end example 7349 7350 @noindent 7351 To demonstrate pure handling of parse errors, instead of simply 7352 dumping them on the standard error output, we will pass them to the 7353 compiler driver using the following two member functions. Finally, we 7354 close the class declaration and CPP guard. 7355 7356 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh 7357 @example 7358 // Error handling. 7359 void error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m); 7360 void error (const std::string& m); 7361 @}; 7362 #endif // ! CALCXX_DRIVER_HH 7363 @end example 7364 7365 The implementation of the driver is straightforward. The @code{parse} 7366 member function deserves some attention. The @code{error} functions 7367 are simple stubs, they should actually register the located error 7368 messages and set error state. 7369 7370 @comment file: calc++-driver.cc 7371 @example 7372 #include "calc++-driver.hh" 7373 #include "calc++-parser.hh" 7374 7375 calcxx_driver::calcxx_driver () 7376 : trace_scanning (false), trace_parsing (false) 7377 @{ 7378 variables["one"] = 1; 7379 variables["two"] = 2; 7380 @} 7381 7382 calcxx_driver::~calcxx_driver () 7383 @{ 7384 @} 7385 7386 void 7387 calcxx_driver::parse (const std::string &f) 7388 @{ 7389 file = f; 7390 scan_begin (); 7391 yy::calcxx_parser parser (*this); 7392 parser.set_debug_level (trace_parsing); 7393 parser.parse (); 7394 scan_end (); 7395 @} 7396 7397 void 7398 calcxx_driver::error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m) 7399 @{ 7400 std::cerr << l << ": " << m << std::endl; 7401 @} 7402 7403 void 7404 calcxx_driver::error (const std::string& m) 7405 @{ 7406 std::cerr << m << std::endl; 7407 @} 7408 @end example 7409 7410 @node Calc++ Parser 7411 @subsection Calc++ Parser 7412 7413 The parser definition file @file{calc++-parser.yy} starts by asking for 7414 the C++ LALR(1) skeleton, the creation of the parser header file, and 7415 specifies the name of the parser class. Because the C++ skeleton 7416 changed several times, it is safer to require the version you designed 7417 the grammar for. 7418 7419 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy 7420 @example 7421 %skeleton "lalr1.cc" /* -*- C++ -*- */ 7422 %require "2.1a" 7423 %defines 7424 %define "parser_class_name" "calcxx_parser" 7425 @end example 7426 7427 @noindent 7428 Then come the declarations/inclusions needed to define the 7429 @code{%union}. Because the parser uses the parsing driver and 7430 reciprocally, both cannot include the header of the other. Because the 7431 driver's header needs detailed knowledge about the parser class (in 7432 particular its inner types), it is the parser's header which will simply 7433 use a forward declaration of the driver. 7434 7435 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy 7436 @example 7437 %@{ 7438 # include <string> 7439 class calcxx_driver; 7440 %@} 7441 @end example 7442 7443 @noindent 7444 The driver is passed by reference to the parser and to the scanner. 7445 This provides a simple but effective pure interface, not relying on 7446 global variables. 7447 7448 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy 7449 @example 7450 // The parsing context. 7451 %parse-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @} 7452 %lex-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @} 7453 @end example 7454 7455 @noindent 7456 Then we request the location tracking feature, and initialize the 7457 first location's file name. Afterwards new locations are computed 7458 relatively to the previous locations: the file name will be 7459 automatically propagated. 7460 7461 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy 7462 @example 7463 %locations 7464 %initial-action 7465 @{ 7466 // Initialize the initial location. 7467 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = &driver.file; 7468 @}; 7469 @end example 7470 7471 @noindent 7472 Use the two following directives to enable parser tracing and verbose 7473 error messages. 7474 7475 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy 7476 @example 7477 %debug 7478 %error-verbose 7479 @end example 7480 7481 @noindent 7482 Semantic values cannot use ``real'' objects, but only pointers to 7483 them. 7484 7485 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy 7486 @example 7487 // Symbols. 7488 %union 7489 @{ 7490 int ival; 7491 std::string *sval; 7492 @}; 7493 @end example 7494 7495 @noindent 7496 The code between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} after the introduction of the 7497 @samp{%union} is output in the @file{*.cc} file; it needs detailed 7498 knowledge about the driver. 7499 7500 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy 7501 @example 7502 %@{ 7503 # include "calc++-driver.hh" 7504 %@} 7505 @end example 7506 7507 7508 @noindent 7509 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line 7510 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead 7511 of ``$end''. Similarly user friendly named are provided for each 7512 symbol. Note that the tokens names are prefixed by @code{TOKEN_} to 7513 avoid name clashes. 7514 7515 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy 7516 @example 7517 %token END 0 "end of file" 7518 %token ASSIGN ":=" 7519 %token <sval> IDENTIFIER "identifier" 7520 %token <ival> NUMBER "number" 7521 %type <ival> exp "expression" 7522 @end example 7523 7524 @noindent 7525 To enable memory deallocation during error recovery, use 7526 @code{%destructor}. 7527 7528 @c FIXME: Document %printer, and mention that it takes a braced-code operand. 7529 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy 7530 @example 7531 %printer @{ debug_stream () << *$$; @} "identifier" 7532 %destructor @{ delete $$; @} "identifier" 7533 7534 %printer @{ debug_stream () << $$; @} "number" "expression" 7535 @end example 7536 7537 @noindent 7538 The grammar itself is straightforward. 7539 7540 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy 7541 @example 7542 %% 7543 %start unit; 7544 unit: assignments exp @{ driver.result = $2; @}; 7545 7546 assignments: assignments assignment @{@} 7547 | /* Nothing. */ @{@}; 7548 7549 assignment: "identifier" ":=" exp @{ driver.variables[*$1] = $3; @}; 7550 7551 %left '+' '-'; 7552 %left '*' '/'; 7553 exp: exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @} 7554 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @} 7555 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @} 7556 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @} 7557 | "identifier" @{ $$ = driver.variables[*$1]; @} 7558 | "number" @{ $$ = $1; @}; 7559 %% 7560 @end example 7561 7562 @noindent 7563 Finally the @code{error} member function registers the errors to the 7564 driver. 7565 7566 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy 7567 @example 7568 void 7569 yy::calcxx_parser::error (const yy::calcxx_parser::location_type& l, 7570 const std::string& m) 7571 @{ 7572 driver.error (l, m); 7573 @} 7574 @end example 7575 7576 @node Calc++ Scanner 7577 @subsection Calc++ Scanner 7578 7579 The Flex scanner first includes the driver declaration, then the 7580 parser's to get the set of defined tokens. 7581 7582 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll 7583 @example 7584 %@{ /* -*- C++ -*- */ 7585 # include <cstdlib> 7586 # include <errno.h> 7587 # include <limits.h> 7588 # include <string> 7589 # include "calc++-driver.hh" 7590 # include "calc++-parser.hh" 7591 7592 /* Work around an incompatibility in flex (at least versions 7593 2.5.31 through 2.5.33): it generates code that does 7594 not conform to C89. See Debian bug 333231 7595 <http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=333231>. */ 7596 # undef yywrap 7597 # define yywrap() 1 7598 7599 /* By default yylex returns int, we use token_type. 7600 Unfortunately yyterminate by default returns 0, which is 7601 not of token_type. */ 7602 #define yyterminate() return token::END 7603 %@} 7604 @end example 7605 7606 @noindent 7607 Because there is no @code{#include}-like feature we don't need 7608 @code{yywrap}, we don't need @code{unput} either, and we parse an 7609 actual file, this is not an interactive session with the user. 7610 Finally we enable the scanner tracing features. 7611 7612 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll 7613 @example 7614 %option noyywrap nounput batch debug 7615 @end example 7616 7617 @noindent 7618 Abbreviations allow for more readable rules. 7619 7620 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll 7621 @example 7622 id [a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9]* 7623 int [0-9]+ 7624 blank [ \t] 7625 @end example 7626 7627 @noindent 7628 The following paragraph suffices to track locations accurately. Each 7629 time @code{yylex} is invoked, the begin position is moved onto the end 7630 position. Then when a pattern is matched, the end position is 7631 advanced of its width. In case it matched ends of lines, the end 7632 cursor is adjusted, and each time blanks are matched, the begin cursor 7633 is moved onto the end cursor to effectively ignore the blanks 7634 preceding tokens. Comments would be treated equally. 7635 7636 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll 7637 @example 7638 %@{ 7639 # define YY_USER_ACTION yylloc->columns (yyleng); 7640 %@} 7641 %% 7642 %@{ 7643 yylloc->step (); 7644 %@} 7645 @{blank@}+ yylloc->step (); 7646 [\n]+ yylloc->lines (yyleng); yylloc->step (); 7647 @end example 7648 7649 @noindent 7650 The rules are simple, just note the use of the driver to report errors. 7651 It is convenient to use a typedef to shorten 7652 @code{yy::calcxx_parser::token::identifier} into 7653 @code{token::identifier} for instance. 7654 7655 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll 7656 @example 7657 %@{ 7658 typedef yy::calcxx_parser::token token; 7659 %@} 7660 /* Convert ints to the actual type of tokens. */ 7661 [-+*/] return yy::calcxx_parser::token_type (yytext[0]); 7662 ":=" return token::ASSIGN; 7663 @{int@} @{ 7664 errno = 0; 7665 long n = strtol (yytext, NULL, 10); 7666 if (! (INT_MIN <= n && n <= INT_MAX && errno != ERANGE)) 7667 driver.error (*yylloc, "integer is out of range"); 7668 yylval->ival = n; 7669 return token::NUMBER; 7670 @} 7671 @{id@} yylval->sval = new std::string (yytext); return token::IDENTIFIER; 7672 . driver.error (*yylloc, "invalid character"); 7673 %% 7674 @end example 7675 7676 @noindent 7677 Finally, because the scanner related driver's member function depend 7678 on the scanner's data, it is simpler to implement them in this file. 7679 7680 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll 7681 @example 7682 void 7683 calcxx_driver::scan_begin () 7684 @{ 7685 yy_flex_debug = trace_scanning; 7686 if (!(yyin = fopen (file.c_str (), "r"))) 7687 error (std::string ("cannot open ") + file); 7688 @} 7689 7690 void 7691 calcxx_driver::scan_end () 7692 @{ 7693 fclose (yyin); 7694 @} 7695 @end example 7696 7697 @node Calc++ Top Level 7698 @subsection Calc++ Top Level 7699 7700 The top level file, @file{calc++.cc}, poses no problem. 7701 7702 @comment file: calc++.cc 7703 @example 7704 #include <iostream> 7705 #include "calc++-driver.hh" 7706 7707 int 7708 main (int argc, char *argv[]) 7709 @{ 7710 calcxx_driver driver; 7711 for (++argv; argv[0]; ++argv) 7712 if (*argv == std::string ("-p")) 7713 driver.trace_parsing = true; 7714 else if (*argv == std::string ("-s")) 7715 driver.trace_scanning = true; 7716 else 7717 @{ 7718 driver.parse (*argv); 7719 std::cout << driver.result << std::endl; 7720 @} 7721 @} 7722 @end example 7723 7724 @c ================================================= FAQ 7725 7726 @node FAQ 7727 @chapter Frequently Asked Questions 7728 @cindex frequently asked questions 7729 @cindex questions 7730 7731 Several questions about Bison come up occasionally. Here some of them 7732 are addressed. 7733 7734 @menu 7735 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits 7736 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State 7737 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings 7738 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator 7739 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars 7740 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe? 7741 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting 7742 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting 7743 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting 7744 * Other Languages:: Parsers in Java and others 7745 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions 7746 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users 7747 @end menu 7748 7749 @node Memory Exhausted 7750 @section Memory Exhausted 7751 7752 @display 7753 My parser returns with error with a @samp{memory exhausted} 7754 message. What can I do? 7755 @end display 7756 7757 This question is already addressed elsewhere, @xref{Recursion, 7758 ,Recursive Rules}. 7759 7760 @node How Can I Reset the Parser 7761 @section How Can I Reset the Parser 7762 7763 The following phenomenon has several symptoms, resulting in the 7764 following typical questions: 7765 7766 @display 7767 I invoke @code{yyparse} several times, and on correct input it works 7768 properly; but when a parse error is found, all the other calls fail 7769 too. How can I reset the error flag of @code{yyparse}? 7770 @end display 7771 7772 @noindent 7773 or 7774 7775 @display 7776 My parser includes support for an @samp{#include}-like feature, in 7777 which case I run @code{yyparse} from @code{yyparse}. This fails 7778 although I did specify I needed a @code{%pure-parser}. 7779 @end display 7780 7781 These problems typically come not from Bison itself, but from 7782 Lex-generated scanners. Because these scanners use large buffers for 7783 speed, they might not notice a change of input file. As a 7784 demonstration, consider the following source file, 7785 @file{first-line.l}: 7786 7787 @verbatim 7788 %{ 7789 #include <stdio.h> 7790 #include <stdlib.h> 7791 %} 7792 %% 7793 .*\n ECHO; return 1; 7794 %% 7795 int 7796 yyparse (char const *file) 7797 { 7798 yyin = fopen (file, "r"); 7799 if (!yyin) 7800 exit (2); 7801 /* One token only. */ 7802 yylex (); 7803 if (fclose (yyin) != 0) 7804 exit (3); 7805 return 0; 7806 } 7807 7808 int 7809 main (void) 7810 { 7811 yyparse ("input"); 7812 yyparse ("input"); 7813 return 0; 7814 } 7815 @end verbatim 7816 7817 @noindent 7818 If the file @file{input} contains 7819 7820 @verbatim 7821 input:1: Hello, 7822 input:2: World! 7823 @end verbatim 7824 7825 @noindent 7826 then instead of getting the first line twice, you get: 7827 7828 @example 7829 $ @kbd{flex -ofirst-line.c first-line.l} 7830 $ @kbd{gcc -ofirst-line first-line.c -ll} 7831 $ @kbd{./first-line} 7832 input:1: Hello, 7833 input:2: World! 7834 @end example 7835 7836 Therefore, whenever you change @code{yyin}, you must tell the 7837 Lex-generated scanner to discard its current buffer and switch to the 7838 new one. This depends upon your implementation of Lex; see its 7839 documentation for more. For Flex, it suffices to call 7840 @samp{YY_FLUSH_BUFFER} after each change to @code{yyin}. If your 7841 Flex-generated scanner needs to read from several input streams to 7842 handle features like include files, you might consider using Flex 7843 functions like @samp{yy_switch_to_buffer} that manipulate multiple 7844 input buffers. 7845 7846 If your Flex-generated scanner uses start conditions (@pxref{Start 7847 conditions, , Start conditions, flex, The Flex Manual}), you might 7848 also want to reset the scanner's state, i.e., go back to the initial 7849 start condition, through a call to @samp{BEGIN (0)}. 7850 7851 @node Strings are Destroyed 7852 @section Strings are Destroyed 7853 7854 @display 7855 My parser seems to destroy old strings, or maybe it loses track of 7856 them. Instead of reporting @samp{"foo", "bar"}, it reports 7857 @samp{"bar", "bar"}, or even @samp{"foo\nbar", "bar"}. 7858 @end display 7859 7860 This error is probably the single most frequent ``bug report'' sent to 7861 Bison lists, but is only concerned with a misunderstanding of the role 7862 of the scanner. Consider the following Lex code: 7863 7864 @verbatim 7865 %{ 7866 #include <stdio.h> 7867 char *yylval = NULL; 7868 %} 7869 %% 7870 .* yylval = yytext; return 1; 7871 \n /* IGNORE */ 7872 %% 7873 int 7874 main () 7875 { 7876 /* Similar to using $1, $2 in a Bison action. */ 7877 char *fst = (yylex (), yylval); 7878 char *snd = (yylex (), yylval); 7879 printf ("\"%s\", \"%s\"\n", fst, snd); 7880 return 0; 7881 } 7882 @end verbatim 7883 7884 If you compile and run this code, you get: 7885 7886 @example 7887 $ @kbd{flex -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l} 7888 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll} 7889 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines} 7890 "one 7891 two", "two" 7892 @end example 7893 7894 @noindent 7895 this is because @code{yytext} is a buffer provided for @emph{reading} 7896 in the action, but if you want to keep it, you have to duplicate it 7897 (e.g., using @code{strdup}). Note that the output may depend on how 7898 your implementation of Lex handles @code{yytext}. For instance, when 7899 given the Lex compatibility option @option{-l} (which triggers the 7900 option @samp{%array}) Flex generates a different behavior: 7901 7902 @example 7903 $ @kbd{flex -l -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l} 7904 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll} 7905 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines} 7906 "two", "two" 7907 @end example 7908 7909 7910 @node Implementing Gotos/Loops 7911 @section Implementing Gotos/Loops 7912 7913 @display 7914 My simple calculator supports variables, assignments, and functions, 7915 but how can I implement gotos, or loops? 7916 @end display 7917 7918 Although very pedagogical, the examples included in the document blur 7919 the distinction to make between the parser---whose job is to recover 7920 the structure of a text and to transmit it to subsequent modules of 7921 the program---and the processing (such as the execution) of this 7922 structure. This works well with so called straight line programs, 7923 i.e., precisely those that have a straightforward execution model: 7924 execute simple instructions one after the others. 7925 7926 @cindex abstract syntax tree 7927 @cindex @acronym{AST} 7928 If you want a richer model, you will probably need to use the parser 7929 to construct a tree that does represent the structure it has 7930 recovered; this tree is usually called the @dfn{abstract syntax tree}, 7931 or @dfn{@acronym{AST}} for short. Then, walking through this tree, 7932 traversing it in various ways, will enable treatments such as its 7933 execution or its translation, which will result in an interpreter or a 7934 compiler. 7935 7936 This topic is way beyond the scope of this manual, and the reader is 7937 invited to consult the dedicated literature. 7938 7939 7940 @node Multiple start-symbols 7941 @section Multiple start-symbols 7942 7943 @display 7944 I have several closely related grammars, and I would like to share their 7945 implementations. In fact, I could use a single grammar but with 7946 multiple entry points. 7947 @end display 7948 7949 Bison does not support multiple start-symbols, but there is a very 7950 simple means to simulate them. If @code{foo} and @code{bar} are the two 7951 pseudo start-symbols, then introduce two new tokens, say 7952 @code{START_FOO} and @code{START_BAR}, and use them as switches from the 7953 real start-symbol: 7954 7955 @example 7956 %token START_FOO START_BAR; 7957 %start start; 7958 start: START_FOO foo 7959 | START_BAR bar; 7960 @end example 7961 7962 These tokens prevents the introduction of new conflicts. As far as the 7963 parser goes, that is all that is needed. 7964 7965 Now the difficult part is ensuring that the scanner will send these 7966 tokens first. If your scanner is hand-written, that should be 7967 straightforward. If your scanner is generated by Lex, them there is 7968 simple means to do it: recall that anything between @samp{%@{ ... %@}} 7969 after the first @code{%%} is copied verbatim in the top of the generated 7970 @code{yylex} function. Make sure a variable @code{start_token} is 7971 available in the scanner (e.g., a global variable or using 7972 @code{%lex-param} etc.), and use the following: 7973 7974 @example 7975 /* @r{Prologue.} */ 7976 %% 7977 %@{ 7978 if (start_token) 7979 @{ 7980 int t = start_token; 7981 start_token = 0; 7982 return t; 7983 @} 7984 %@} 7985 /* @r{The rules.} */ 7986 @end example 7987 7988 7989 @node Secure? Conform? 7990 @section Secure? Conform? 7991 7992 @display 7993 Is Bison secure? Does it conform to POSIX? 7994 @end display 7995 7996 If you're looking for a guarantee or certification, we don't provide it. 7997 However, Bison is intended to be a reliable program that conforms to the 7998 @acronym{POSIX} specification for Yacc. If you run into problems, 7999 please send us a bug report. 8000 8001 @node I can't build Bison 8002 @section I can't build Bison 8003 8004 @display 8005 I can't build Bison because @command{make} complains that 8006 @code{msgfmt} is not found. 8007 What should I do? 8008 @end display 8009 8010 Like most GNU packages with internationalization support, that feature 8011 is turned on by default. If you have problems building in the @file{po} 8012 subdirectory, it indicates that your system's internationalization 8013 support is lacking. You can re-configure Bison with 8014 @option{--disable-nls} to turn off this support, or you can install GNU 8015 gettext from @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gettext/} and re-configure 8016 Bison. See the file @file{ABOUT-NLS} for more information. 8017 8018 8019 @node Where can I find help? 8020 @section Where can I find help? 8021 8022 @display 8023 I'm having trouble using Bison. Where can I find help? 8024 @end display 8025 8026 First, read this fine manual. Beyond that, you can send mail to 8027 @email{help-bison@@gnu.org}. This mailing list is intended to be 8028 populated with people who are willing to answer questions about using 8029 and installing Bison. Please keep in mind that (most of) the people on 8030 the list have aspects of their lives which are not related to Bison (!), 8031 so you may not receive an answer to your question right away. This can 8032 be frustrating, but please try not to honk them off; remember that any 8033 help they provide is purely voluntary and out of the kindness of their 8034 hearts. 8035 8036 @node Bug Reports 8037 @section Bug Reports 8038 8039 @display 8040 I found a bug. What should I include in the bug report? 8041 @end display 8042 8043 Before you send a bug report, make sure you are using the latest 8044 version. Check @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/bison/} or one of its 8045 mirrors. Be sure to include the version number in your bug report. If 8046 the bug is present in the latest version but not in a previous version, 8047 try to determine the most recent version which did not contain the bug. 8048 8049 If the bug is parser-related, you should include the smallest grammar 8050 you can which demonstrates the bug. The grammar file should also be 8051 complete (i.e., I should be able to run it through Bison without having 8052 to edit or add anything). The smaller and simpler the grammar, the 8053 easier it will be to fix the bug. 8054 8055 Include information about your compilation environment, including your 8056 operating system's name and version and your compiler's name and 8057 version. If you have trouble compiling, you should also include a 8058 transcript of the build session, starting with the invocation of 8059 `configure'. Depending on the nature of the bug, you may be asked to 8060 send additional files as well (such as `config.h' or `config.cache'). 8061 8062 Patches are most welcome, but not required. That is, do not hesitate to 8063 send a bug report just because you can not provide a fix. 8064 8065 Send bug reports to @email{bug-bison@@gnu.org}. 8066 8067 @node Other Languages 8068 @section Other Languages 8069 8070 @display 8071 Will Bison ever have C++ support? How about Java or @var{insert your 8072 favorite language here}? 8073 @end display 8074 8075 C++ support is there now, and is documented. We'd love to add other 8076 languages; contributions are welcome. 8077 8078 @node Beta Testing 8079 @section Beta Testing 8080 8081 @display 8082 What is involved in being a beta tester? 8083 @end display 8084 8085 It's not terribly involved. Basically, you would download a test 8086 release, compile it, and use it to build and run a parser or two. After 8087 that, you would submit either a bug report or a message saying that 8088 everything is okay. It is important to report successes as well as 8089 failures because test releases eventually become mainstream releases, 8090 but only if they are adequately tested. If no one tests, development is 8091 essentially halted. 8092 8093 Beta testers are particularly needed for operating systems to which the 8094 developers do not have easy access. They currently have easy access to 8095 recent GNU/Linux and Solaris versions. Reports about other operating 8096 systems are especially welcome. 8097 8098 @node Mailing Lists 8099 @section Mailing Lists 8100 8101 @display 8102 How do I join the help-bison and bug-bison mailing lists? 8103 @end display 8104 8105 See @url{http://lists.gnu.org/}. 8106 8107 @c ================================================= Table of Symbols 8108 8109 @node Table of Symbols 8110 @appendix Bison Symbols 8111 @cindex Bison symbols, table of 8112 @cindex symbols in Bison, table of 8113 8114 @deffn {Variable} @@$ 8115 In an action, the location of the left-hand side of the rule. 8116 @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. 8117 @end deffn 8118 8119 @deffn {Variable} @@@var{n} 8120 In an action, the location of the @var{n}-th symbol of the right-hand 8121 side of the rule. @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. 8122 @end deffn 8123 8124 @deffn {Variable} $$ 8125 In an action, the semantic value of the left-hand side of the rule. 8126 @xref{Actions}. 8127 @end deffn 8128 8129 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n} 8130 In an action, the semantic value of the @var{n}-th symbol of the 8131 right-hand side of the rule. @xref{Actions}. 8132 @end deffn 8133 8134 @deffn {Delimiter} %% 8135 Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the 8136 Bison declarations section or the epilogue. 8137 @xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}. 8138 @end deffn 8139 8140 @c Don't insert spaces, or check the DVI output. 8141 @deffn {Delimiter} %@{@var{code}%@} 8142 All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to 8143 the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the prologue of the input 8144 file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison 8145 Grammar}. 8146 @end deffn 8147 8148 @deffn {Construct} /*@dots{}*/ 8149 Comment delimiters, as in C. 8150 @end deffn 8151 8152 @deffn {Delimiter} : 8153 Separates a rule's result from its components. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of 8154 Grammar Rules}. 8155 @end deffn 8156 8157 @deffn {Delimiter} ; 8158 Terminates a rule. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}. 8159 @end deffn 8160 8161 @deffn {Delimiter} | 8162 Separates alternate rules for the same result nonterminal. 8163 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}. 8164 @end deffn 8165 8166 @deffn {Symbol} $accept 8167 The predefined nonterminal whose only rule is @samp{$accept: @var{start} 8168 $end}, where @var{start} is the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, , The 8169 Start-Symbol}. It cannot be used in the grammar. 8170 @end deffn 8171 8172 @deffn {Directive} %debug 8173 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}. 8174 @end deffn 8175 8176 @ifset defaultprec 8177 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec 8178 Assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec} 8179 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent 8180 Precedence}. 8181 @end deffn 8182 @end ifset 8183 8184 @deffn {Directive} %defines 8185 Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner. 8186 @xref{Decl Summary}. 8187 @end deffn 8188 8189 @deffn {Directive} %destructor 8190 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to 8191 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}. 8192 @end deffn 8193 8194 @deffn {Directive} %dprec 8195 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a rule that is used at parse 8196 time to resolve reduce/reduce conflicts. @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing 8197 @acronym{GLR} Parsers}. 8198 @end deffn 8199 8200 @deffn {Symbol} $end 8201 The predefined token marking the end of the token stream. It cannot be 8202 used in the grammar. 8203 @end deffn 8204 8205 @deffn {Symbol} error 8206 A token name reserved for error recovery. This token may be used in 8207 grammar rules so as to allow the Bison parser to recognize an error in 8208 the grammar without halting the process. In effect, a sentence 8209 containing an error may be recognized as valid. On a syntax error, the 8210 token @code{error} becomes the current look-ahead token. Actions 8211 corresponding to @code{error} are then executed, and the look-ahead 8212 token is reset to the token that originally caused the violation. 8213 @xref{Error Recovery}. 8214 @end deffn 8215 8216 @deffn {Directive} %error-verbose 8217 Bison declaration to request verbose, specific error message strings 8218 when @code{yyerror} is called. 8219 @end deffn 8220 8221 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}" 8222 Bison declaration to set the prefix of the output files. @xref{Decl 8223 Summary}. 8224 @end deffn 8225 8226 @deffn {Directive} %glr-parser 8227 Bison declaration to produce a @acronym{GLR} parser. @xref{GLR 8228 Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}. 8229 @end deffn 8230 8231 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action 8232 Run user code before parsing. @xref{Initial Action Decl, , Performing Actions before Parsing}. 8233 @end deffn 8234 8235 @deffn {Directive} %left 8236 Bison declaration to assign left associativity to token(s). 8237 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}. 8238 @end deffn 8239 8240 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@} 8241 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that 8242 @code{yylex} should accept. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions 8243 for Pure Parsers}. 8244 @end deffn 8245 8246 @deffn {Directive} %merge 8247 Bison declaration to assign a merging function to a rule. If there is a 8248 reduce/reduce conflict with a rule having the same merging function, the 8249 function is applied to the two semantic values to get a single result. 8250 @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}. 8251 @end deffn 8252 8253 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}" 8254 Bison declaration to rename the external symbols. @xref{Decl Summary}. 8255 @end deffn 8256 8257 @ifset defaultprec 8258 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec 8259 Do not assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec} 8260 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent 8261 Precedence}. 8262 @end deffn 8263 @end ifset 8264 8265 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines 8266 Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the 8267 parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}. 8268 @end deffn 8269 8270 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc 8271 Bison declaration to assign nonassociativity to token(s). 8272 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}. 8273 @end deffn 8274 8275 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}" 8276 Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file. @xref{Decl 8277 Summary}. 8278 @end deffn 8279 8280 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@} 8281 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that 8282 @code{yyparse} should accept. @xref{Parser Function,, The Parser 8283 Function @code{yyparse}}. 8284 @end deffn 8285 8286 @deffn {Directive} %prec 8287 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule. 8288 @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}. 8289 @end deffn 8290 8291 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser 8292 Bison declaration to request a pure (reentrant) parser. 8293 @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}. 8294 @end deffn 8295 8296 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}" 8297 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, , 8298 Require a Version of Bison}. 8299 @end deffn 8300 8301 @deffn {Directive} %right 8302 Bison declaration to assign right associativity to token(s). 8303 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}. 8304 @end deffn 8305 8306 @deffn {Directive} %start 8307 Bison declaration to specify the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, ,The 8308 Start-Symbol}. 8309 @end deffn 8310 8311 @deffn {Directive} %token 8312 Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence. 8313 @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}. 8314 @end deffn 8315 8316 @deffn {Directive} %token-table 8317 Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file. 8318 @xref{Decl Summary}. 8319 @end deffn 8320 8321 @deffn {Directive} %type 8322 Bison declaration to declare nonterminals. @xref{Type Decl, 8323 ,Nonterminal Symbols}. 8324 @end deffn 8325 8326 @deffn {Symbol} $undefined 8327 The predefined token onto which all undefined values returned by 8328 @code{yylex} are mapped. It cannot be used in the grammar, rather, use 8329 @code{error}. 8330 @end deffn 8331 8332 @deffn {Directive} %union 8333 Bison declaration to specify several possible data types for semantic 8334 values. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}. 8335 @end deffn 8336 8337 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT 8338 Macro to pretend that an unrecoverable syntax error has occurred, by 8339 making @code{yyparse} return 1 immediately. The error reporting 8340 function @code{yyerror} is not called. @xref{Parser Function, ,The 8341 Parser Function @code{yyparse}}. 8342 @end deffn 8343 8344 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT 8345 Macro to pretend that a complete utterance of the language has been 8346 read, by making @code{yyparse} return 0 immediately. 8347 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}. 8348 @end deffn 8349 8350 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP 8351 Macro to discard a value from the parser stack and fake a look-ahead 8352 token. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}. 8353 @end deffn 8354 8355 @deffn {Variable} yychar 8356 External integer variable that contains the integer value of the 8357 look-ahead token. (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within 8358 @code{yyparse}.) Error-recovery rule actions may examine this variable. 8359 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}. 8360 @end deffn 8361 8362 @deffn {Variable} yyclearin 8363 Macro used in error-recovery rule actions. It clears the previous 8364 look-ahead token. @xref{Error Recovery}. 8365 @end deffn 8366 8367 @deffn {Macro} YYDEBUG 8368 Macro to define to equip the parser with tracing code. @xref{Tracing, 8369 ,Tracing Your Parser}. 8370 @end deffn 8371 8372 @deffn {Variable} yydebug 8373 External integer variable set to zero by default. If @code{yydebug} 8374 is given a nonzero value, the parser will output information on input 8375 symbols and parser action. @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}. 8376 @end deffn 8377 8378 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok 8379 Macro to cause parser to recover immediately to its normal mode 8380 after a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}. 8381 @end deffn 8382 8383 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR 8384 Macro to pretend that a syntax error has just been detected: call 8385 @code{yyerror} and then perform normal error recovery if possible 8386 (@pxref{Error Recovery}), or (if recovery is impossible) make 8387 @code{yyparse} return 1. @xref{Error Recovery}. 8388 @end deffn 8389 8390 @deffn {Function} yyerror 8391 User-supplied function to be called by @code{yyparse} on error. 8392 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error 8393 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}. 8394 @end deffn 8395 8396 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR_VERBOSE 8397 An obsolete macro that you define with @code{#define} in the prologue 8398 to request verbose, specific error message strings 8399 when @code{yyerror} is called. It doesn't matter what definition you 8400 use for @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE}, just whether you define it. Using 8401 @code{%error-verbose} is preferred. 8402 @end deffn 8403 8404 @deffn {Macro} YYINITDEPTH 8405 Macro for specifying the initial size of the parser stack. 8406 @xref{Memory Management}. 8407 @end deffn 8408 8409 @deffn {Function} yylex 8410 User-supplied lexical analyzer function, called with no arguments to get 8411 the next token. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function 8412 @code{yylex}}. 8413 @end deffn 8414 8415 @deffn {Macro} YYLEX_PARAM 8416 An obsolete macro for specifying an extra argument (or list of extra 8417 arguments) for @code{yyparse} to pass to @code{yylex}. The use of this 8418 macro is deprecated, and is supported only for Yacc like parsers. 8419 @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers}. 8420 @end deffn 8421 8422 @deffn {Variable} yylloc 8423 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the line and column 8424 numbers associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local 8425 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to 8426 @code{yylex}.) 8427 You can ignore this variable if you don't use the @samp{@@} feature in the 8428 grammar actions. 8429 @xref{Token Locations, ,Textual Locations of Tokens}. 8430 In semantic actions, it stores the location of the look-ahead token. 8431 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}. 8432 @end deffn 8433 8434 @deffn {Type} YYLTYPE 8435 Data type of @code{yylloc}; by default, a structure with four 8436 members. @xref{Location Type, , Data Types of Locations}. 8437 @end deffn 8438 8439 @deffn {Variable} yylval 8440 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the semantic 8441 value associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local 8442 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to 8443 @code{yylex}.) 8444 @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}. 8445 In semantic actions, it stores the semantic value of the look-ahead token. 8446 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}. 8447 @end deffn 8448 8449 @deffn {Macro} YYMAXDEPTH 8450 Macro for specifying the maximum size of the parser stack. @xref{Memory 8451 Management}. 8452 @end deffn 8453 8454 @deffn {Variable} yynerrs 8455 Global variable which Bison increments each time it reports a syntax error. 8456 (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within @code{yyparse}.) 8457 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}. 8458 @end deffn 8459 8460 @deffn {Function} yyparse 8461 The parser function produced by Bison; call this function to start 8462 parsing. @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}. 8463 @end deffn 8464 8465 @deffn {Macro} YYPARSE_PARAM 8466 An obsolete macro for specifying the name of a parameter that 8467 @code{yyparse} should accept. The use of this macro is deprecated, and 8468 is supported only for Yacc like parsers. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling 8469 Conventions for Pure Parsers}. 8470 @end deffn 8471 8472 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING 8473 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser 8474 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise. 8475 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}. 8476 @end deffn 8477 8478 @deffn {Macro} YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA 8479 Macro used to control the use of @code{alloca} when the C 8480 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser needs to extend its stacks. If defined to 0, 8481 the parser will use @code{malloc} to extend its stacks. If defined to 8482 1, the parser will use @code{alloca}. Values other than 0 and 1 are 8483 reserved for future Bison extensions. If not defined, 8484 @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} defaults to 0. 8485 8486 In the all-too-common case where your code may run on a host with a 8487 limited stack and with unreliable stack-overflow checking, you should 8488 set @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to a value that cannot possibly result in 8489 unchecked stack overflow on any of your target hosts when 8490 @code{alloca} is called. You can inspect the code that Bison 8491 generates in order to determine the proper numeric values. This will 8492 require some expertise in low-level implementation details. 8493 @end deffn 8494 8495 @deffn {Type} YYSTYPE 8496 Data type of semantic values; @code{int} by default. 8497 @xref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}. 8498 @end deffn 8499 8500 @node Glossary 8501 @appendix Glossary 8502 @cindex glossary 8503 8504 @table @asis 8505 @item Backus-Naur Form (@acronym{BNF}; also called ``Backus Normal Form'') 8506 Formal method of specifying context-free grammars originally proposed 8507 by John Backus, and slightly improved by Peter Naur in his 1960-01-02 8508 committee document contributing to what became the Algol 60 report. 8509 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}. 8510 8511 @item Context-free grammars 8512 Grammars specified as rules that can be applied regardless of context. 8513 Thus, if there is a rule which says that an integer can be used as an 8514 expression, integers are allowed @emph{anywhere} an expression is 8515 permitted. @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free 8516 Grammars}. 8517 8518 @item Dynamic allocation 8519 Allocation of memory that occurs during execution, rather than at 8520 compile time or on entry to a function. 8521 8522 @item Empty string 8523 Analogous to the empty set in set theory, the empty string is a 8524 character string of length zero. 8525 8526 @item Finite-state stack machine 8527 A ``machine'' that has discrete states in which it is said to exist at 8528 each instant in time. As input to the machine is processed, the 8529 machine moves from state to state as specified by the logic of the 8530 machine. In the case of the parser, the input is the language being 8531 parsed, and the states correspond to various stages in the grammar 8532 rules. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}. 8533 8534 @item Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) 8535 A parsing algorithm that can handle all context-free grammars, including those 8536 that are not @acronym{LALR}(1). It resolves situations that Bison's 8537 usual @acronym{LALR}(1) 8538 algorithm cannot by effectively splitting off multiple parsers, trying all 8539 possible parsers, and discarding those that fail in the light of additional 8540 right context. @xref{Generalized LR Parsing, ,Generalized 8541 @acronym{LR} Parsing}. 8542 8543 @item Grouping 8544 A language construct that is (in general) grammatically divisible; 8545 for example, `expression' or `declaration' in C@. 8546 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}. 8547 8548 @item Infix operator 8549 An arithmetic operator that is placed between the operands on which it 8550 performs some operation. 8551 8552 @item Input stream 8553 A continuous flow of data between devices or programs. 8554 8555 @item Language construct 8556 One of the typical usage schemas of the language. For example, one of 8557 the constructs of the C language is the @code{if} statement. 8558 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}. 8559 8560 @item Left associativity 8561 Operators having left associativity are analyzed from left to right: 8562 @samp{a+b+c} first computes @samp{a+b} and then combines with 8563 @samp{c}. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}. 8564 8565 @item Left recursion 8566 A rule whose result symbol is also its first component symbol; for 8567 example, @samp{expseq1 : expseq1 ',' exp;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive 8568 Rules}. 8569 8570 @item Left-to-right parsing 8571 Parsing a sentence of a language by analyzing it token by token from 8572 left to right. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}. 8573 8574 @item Lexical analyzer (scanner) 8575 A function that reads an input stream and returns tokens one by one. 8576 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}. 8577 8578 @item Lexical tie-in 8579 A flag, set by actions in the grammar rules, which alters the way 8580 tokens are parsed. @xref{Lexical Tie-ins}. 8581 8582 @item Literal string token 8583 A token which consists of two or more fixed characters. @xref{Symbols}. 8584 8585 @item Look-ahead token 8586 A token already read but not yet shifted. @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead 8587 Tokens}. 8588 8589 @item @acronym{LALR}(1) 8590 The class of context-free grammars that Bison (like most other parser 8591 generators) can handle; a subset of @acronym{LR}(1). @xref{Mystery 8592 Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}. 8593 8594 @item @acronym{LR}(1) 8595 The class of context-free grammars in which at most one token of 8596 look-ahead is needed to disambiguate the parsing of any piece of input. 8597 8598 @item Nonterminal symbol 8599 A grammar symbol standing for a grammatical construct that can 8600 be expressed through rules in terms of smaller constructs; in other 8601 words, a construct that is not a token. @xref{Symbols}. 8602 8603 @item Parser 8604 A function that recognizes valid sentences of a language by analyzing 8605 the syntax structure of a set of tokens passed to it from a lexical 8606 analyzer. 8607 8608 @item Postfix operator 8609 An arithmetic operator that is placed after the operands upon which it 8610 performs some operation. 8611 8612 @item Reduction 8613 Replacing a string of nonterminals and/or terminals with a single 8614 nonterminal, according to a grammar rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison 8615 Parser Algorithm}. 8616 8617 @item Reentrant 8618 A reentrant subprogram is a subprogram which can be in invoked any 8619 number of times in parallel, without interference between the various 8620 invocations. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}. 8621 8622 @item Reverse polish notation 8623 A language in which all operators are postfix operators. 8624 8625 @item Right recursion 8626 A rule whose result symbol is also its last component symbol; for 8627 example, @samp{expseq1: exp ',' expseq1;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive 8628 Rules}. 8629 8630 @item Semantics 8631 In computer languages, the semantics are specified by the actions 8632 taken for each instance of the language, i.e., the meaning of 8633 each statement. @xref{Semantics, ,Defining Language Semantics}. 8634 8635 @item Shift 8636 A parser is said to shift when it makes the choice of analyzing 8637 further input from the stream rather than reducing immediately some 8638 already-recognized rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}. 8639 8640 @item Single-character literal 8641 A single character that is recognized and interpreted as is. 8642 @xref{Grammar in Bison, ,From Formal Rules to Bison Input}. 8643 8644 @item Start symbol 8645 The nonterminal symbol that stands for a complete valid utterance in 8646 the language being parsed. The start symbol is usually listed as the 8647 first nonterminal symbol in a language specification. 8648 @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Symbol}. 8649 8650 @item Symbol table 8651 A data structure where symbol names and associated data are stored 8652 during parsing to allow for recognition and use of existing 8653 information in repeated uses of a symbol. @xref{Multi-function Calc}. 8654 8655 @item Syntax error 8656 An error encountered during parsing of an input stream due to invalid 8657 syntax. @xref{Error Recovery}. 8658 8659 @item Token 8660 A basic, grammatically indivisible unit of a language. The symbol 8661 that describes a token in the grammar is a terminal symbol. 8662 The input of the Bison parser is a stream of tokens which comes from 8663 the lexical analyzer. @xref{Symbols}. 8664 8665 @item Terminal symbol 8666 A grammar symbol that has no rules in the grammar and therefore is 8667 grammatically indivisible. The piece of text it represents is a token. 8668 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}. 8669 @end table 8670 8671 @node Copying This Manual 8672 @appendix Copying This Manual 8673 8674 @menu 8675 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual. 8676 @end menu 8677 8678 @include fdl.texi 8679 8680 @node Index 8681 @unnumbered Index 8682 8683 @printindex cp 8684 8685 @bye 8686 8687 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename settitle setchapternewpage finalout 8688 @c LocalWords: ifinfo smallbook shorttitlepage titlepage GPL FIXME iftex 8689 @c LocalWords: akim fn cp syncodeindex vr tp synindex dircategory direntry 8690 @c LocalWords: ifset vskip pt filll insertcopying sp ISBN Etienne Suvasa 8691 @c LocalWords: ifnottex yyparse detailmenu GLR RPN Calc var Decls Rpcalc 8692 @c LocalWords: rpcalc Lexer Gen Comp Expr ltcalc mfcalc Decl Symtab yylex 8693 @c LocalWords: yyerror pxref LR yylval cindex dfn LALR samp gpl BNF xref 8694 @c LocalWords: const int paren ifnotinfo AC noindent emph expr stmt findex 8695 @c LocalWords: glr YYSTYPE TYPENAME prog dprec printf decl init stmtMerge 8696 @c LocalWords: pre STDC GNUC endif yy YY alloca lf stddef stdlib YYDEBUG 8697 @c LocalWords: NUM exp subsubsection kbd Ctrl ctype EOF getchar isdigit 8698 @c LocalWords: ungetc stdin scanf sc calc ulator ls lm cc NEG prec yyerrok 8699 @c LocalWords: longjmp fprintf stderr preg yylloc YYLTYPE cos ln 8700 @c LocalWords: smallexample symrec val tptr FNCT fnctptr func struct sym 8701 @c LocalWords: fnct putsym getsym fname arith fncts atan ptr malloc sizeof 8702 @c LocalWords: strlen strcpy fctn strcmp isalpha symbuf realloc isalnum 8703 @c LocalWords: ptypes itype YYPRINT trigraphs yytname expseq vindex dtype 8704 @c LocalWords: Rhs YYRHSLOC LE nonassoc op deffn typeless typefull yynerrs 8705 @c LocalWords: yychar yydebug msg YYNTOKENS YYNNTS YYNRULES YYNSTATES 8706 @c LocalWords: cparse clex deftypefun NE defmac YYACCEPT YYABORT param 8707 @c LocalWords: strncmp intval tindex lvalp locp llocp typealt YYBACKUP 8708 @c LocalWords: YYEMPTY YYEOF YYRECOVERING yyclearin GE def UMINUS maybeword 8709 @c LocalWords: Johnstone Shamsa Sadaf Hussain Tomita TR uref YYMAXDEPTH 8710 @c LocalWords: YYINITDEPTH stmnts ref stmnt initdcl maybeasm VCG notype 8711 @c LocalWords: hexflag STR exdent itemset asis DYYDEBUG YYFPRINTF args 8712 @c LocalWords: YYPRINTF infile ypp yxx outfile itemx vcg tex leaderfill 8713 @c LocalWords: hbox hss hfill tt ly yyin fopen fclose ofirst gcc ll 8714 @c LocalWords: yyrestart nbar yytext fst snd osplit ntwo strdup AST 8715 @c LocalWords: YYSTACK DVI fdl printindex 8716